UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
FORM
For the fiscal year ended
or
For the transition period from to
Commission file number:
Tivic Health Systems, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
| (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
|
|
|
| (Address of principal executive offices including zip code) |
( (Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) |
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:
| Title of Each Class | Trading Symbol(s) | Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered | ||
| | | The |
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
| Large accelerated Filer ☐ | Accelerated Filer ☐ |
| | Smaller reporting company |
| Emerging growth company |
|
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2025, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, based upon the closing price of the common stock as reported by The Nasdaq Capital Market on such date, was approximately $
As of March 17, 2026, there were
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
None.
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Report”) contains forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, which represent our expectations or beliefs statements concerning, without limitation, our operations, economic performance, financial condition, growth and acquisition strategies, investments, and future operational plans. For this purpose, any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical fact may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “intent,” “could,” “estimate,” “might,” “plan,” “predict” or “continue” or the negative or other variations thereof or comparable terminology are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements, by their nature, involve substantial risks and uncertainties, certain of which are beyond our control, and actual results may differ materially depending on a variety of important factors, including uncertainty related to our partnerships, licenses, strategic transactions, governmental regulation, economic conditions, managing and maintaining growth, the operations of the Company, volatility of stock price, commercial viability of our product candidates and any other factors discussed in this and other registrant filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”).
These risks and uncertainties and other factors include but are not limited to those set forth under “Risk Factors” of this Report. Given these risks and uncertainties, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or to persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements. Except as otherwise required by applicable law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements or the risk factors described in this Report or in the documents and/or information that we incorporate by reference, whether as a result of new information, future events, changed circumstances or any other reason after the date of this Report.
This Report contains forward-looking statements, including statements regarding, among other things:
| ● |
our ability to continue as a going concern; |
| ● |
our anticipated needs for working capital, and our ability to secure additional financing on favorable terms, if at all; |
| ● |
the availability of source materials, manufacturing components and other supplies necessary for our products and services as well as our ability to source them at favorable prices; |
| ● |
the demand for our products and services; |
| ● |
our sales, marketing, licensing and distribution prospects; |
| ● |
our financial performance; |
| ● |
the level of expenses related to our product development and operations and to our contract development and manufacturing operations; |
| ● |
our efforts to expand our products and our business, including, specifically, related to the exclusive license rights to Toll-like Receptor 5 Agonists acquired from Statera Biopharma, Inc. and the acquired assets from Scorpius Holdings, Inc.; |
| ● |
the implementation of our business model and strategic plans for our business and technology; |
| ● |
regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries; |
| ● |
developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights; |
| ● |
our expectations regarding the effects of a potential recession, market volatility and macroeconomic factors on our business, our suppliers and our customers; |
| ● |
developments and projections relating to our competitors and our industries; |
| ● | the timing, likelihood and potential terms of government procurement of Entolimod for the Strategic National Stockpile (SNS) or other biodefense program; |
| ● | intellectual property licensed from third parties; |
| ● | our ability to successfully operate, grow and integrate Velocity Bioworks as a contract development and manufacturing organization (CDMO); and |
| ● | our ability to attract and retain CDMO customers and the success of our customers' product development programs. |
In addition, statements that “we believe,” "expect to," "anticipate" and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this Report, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and you are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.
Actual events or results may differ materially from those discussed in forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including, without limitation, the risks outlined under “Risk Factors” and matters described in this Report generally. In light of these risks and uncertainties, there can be no assurance that the forward-looking statements contained in this Report will in fact occur. We caution you not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. In addition to the information expressly required to be included in this Report, we will provide such further material information, if any, as may be necessary to make the required statements, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.
You should read this Report and the documents that we reference in this Report and have filed as exhibits to this Report, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of the forward-looking statements in this Report by these cautionary statements.
As used in this Report, unless the context otherwise requires, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Company,” “Tivic,” and “Tivic Health” refer to Tivic Health Systems, Inc, collectively with its subsidiary, on a consolidated basis.
Business Overview
Tivic™ Health Systems, Inc. is a late-stage biopharmaceutical company whose lead program is Entolimod™. Entolimod is a recombinant TLR5 agonist with an extensive preclinical and clinical data package supporting development as a medical countermeasure (MCM) for Acute Radiation Syndrome (ARS) and it subsyndromes, as well as for adjunct therapy for oncology indications, such as neutropenia.
During fiscal year 2025, Tivic executed a deliberate and material strategic transformation: pivoting from a diversified bioelectronic medical device company to a focused biopharmaceutical company built around the TLR5 agonist franchise. In addition to securing worldwide exclusive license rights and options to Entolimod and its second-generation compound, Entolasta, in February 2025, Tivic established Velocity Bioworks™ in December 2025 as subsidiary contract development and manufacturing organization (CDMO) that is expected to support both Tivic and select third-party customers. At the same time, Tivic exited the consumer healthtech business and suspended its prescription bioelectronic product development efforts in order to focus resources fully on Entolimod development.
The Company is now focused on (1) advancing Entolimod and its next generation compound Entolasta™ through regulatory approval for acute radiation syndrome and into government procurement and (2) expanding Entolimod’s designations into oncology-related conditions, including neutropenia, thrombocytopenia and general and specific mucositis.
Tivic’s common stock trades on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol "TIVC." The Company has its headquarters in San Antonio, TX, maintains a purpose-built, Current Good Manufacturing Practice (CGMP)-compatible biomanufacturing facility in San Antonio, Texas through its subsidiary, Velocity Bioworks, and operates on a hybrid remote and on-site model.
Key milestones of the company transformation and strategic refocusing include:
| ● |
February 2025: Tivic acquired worldwide exclusive license rights to the Toll-like Receptor f (TLR5) agonist, Entolimod, for acute radiation syndrome from Statera Biopharma, Inc. (OTC: STAB), including the complete regulatory, clinical, and non-clinical data package accumulated over 15+ years of development by Cleveland BioLabs and its successors. Entolimod has been approved for Orphan and Fast Track Designation. The licensing agreement included rights to expand into additional indications and/or buy out the portfolio completely. |
| ● |
Q1 2025: Tivic began building its Biopharma leadership with the hiring of industry veteran, Michael K. Handley, to lead the business unit as President of Biopharma and serve as the company’s Chief Operating Officer. Handley brings 27 years of biopharmaceutical commercialization experience to Tivic, including prior experience leading or supporting the launch of 17 pharmaceutical products. Mr. Handley was subsequently named Chief Executive Officer of Tivic in March 2026. |
| ● |
Q2 2025: Tivic expanded its license agreement with Statera to include neutropenia rights and rights to Entolimod's second generation molecule, Entolasta. |
| ● |
Q2 2025: Tivic secured first meetings with White House officials and government agencies. |
| ● |
Q3 2025: Verification of the Entolimod cell line at the Scorpius Biomanufacturing site, from which assets were later acquired to form Velocity Bioworks. This represented a critical prerequisite for CGMP manufacturing steps required for BLA submission. |
| ● |
December 2025: Acquisition of the manufacturing and development assets of Scorpius Biomanufacturing, establishing Velocity Bioworks as a wholly owned CDMO subsidiary. This acquisition was supported by a financing package led by 3i, LP comprising $16 million in debt and up to $75 million in preferred convertible equity.
|
| ● |
December 2025: The Company ceased sales of its ClearUP sinus device and related operations as of year-end 2025. The company also stopped development of its non-invasive cervical vagus nerve stimulation platform, concentrating all resources on the TLR5 platform and Velocity Bioworks. Assets of discontinued products and programs remain the property of Tivic. |
| ● |
January 2026: Velocity Bioworks demonstrated a 200-fold (200x) manufacturing scale-up for Entolimod at 50-liter fermentation volume, meeting all drug release specifications for purity and potency. |
| ● |
January–March 2026: Active engagement with BARDA, DoW/DTRA, FDA, NIH, and NIAID via TechWatch process; a follow-up meeting took place on March 10, 2026, to advance discussions on federal funding of future testing and potential path to a Strategic National Stockpile purchase. |
Clinical Pipeline
Pipeline Summary
| Program / Compound |
Indication |
Stage |
FDA Designations |
| Entolimod™ (TLR5 agonist) |
Acute Radiation Syndrome (ARS): |
Pre-BLA under FDA Animal Rule |
Fast Track; Orphan Drug |
| Entolimod™ |
Radiation-Induced Neutropenia (oncology & ARS) |
IND / Phase 2 Preparation |
— |
| Entolimod™ |
Thrombocytopenia (radiation & chemotherapy-induced) |
IND / Phase 2 Preparation |
— |
| Entolimod™ |
Radiation Mucositis (head & neck cancer radiotherapy) |
IND / Phase 2 Preparation |
— |
| Entolasta™ (next-gen TLR5 agonist) |
Immunosenescence / Chronic Radiation Exposure |
Preclinical |
— |
Entolimod™: Scientific Foundation and Mechanism of Action
Entolimod is a recombinant protein engineered deletion variant of bacterial flagellin, specifically designed as a selective agonist of Toll-like Receptor 5 (TLR5), a key receptor in the body’s innate immune system. When administered, Entolimod binds to TLR5 receptors on immune cells, triggering a rapid activation of the NF-κB signaling pathway. Activation of the NF-κB signaling pathway initiates a cascade of immune and protective responses, including the secretion of cytokines, chemokines, and growth factors, enhancing the body’s natural ability to resist and repair tissue damage.
Entolimod (formerly designated CBLB502) is a recombinant protein of 329 amino acids (approximately 35 kDa) derived from the Salmonella typhimurium flagellin protein FliC.[1,2] The molecule was engineered by deleting the hypervariable, immunogenic middle domain of the native flagellin polypeptide while retaining the N- and C-terminal TLR5-activating domains, connected by a flexible linker sequence [1,2]. This engineering approach preserved full TLR5 agonism while reducing immunogenicity relative to wild type flagellin. Entolimod is produced via plasmid expression in Escherichia coli.[1] The drug is formulated as a sterile, clear liquid for intramuscular (IM) or subcutaneous (SC) injection, supplied in single-use vials. Clinical-grade material has been produced and used in multiple human studies.
As announced on February 12, 2025, Tivic has acquired worldwide exclusive license rights from Statera Biopharma, Inc. (“Statera”) to the late-stage TLR5 agonist Entolimod for the treatment of acute radiation syndrome (“ARS”). In addition, we acquired an exclusive option to license five additional indications and clinical use cases for Entolimod and second-generation product candidate, Entolasta.
Entolimod has been the subject of more than forty animal and human trials and $140 million of prior investment, including $35.6 million from the Department of Defense, Defense Threats Reduction Agency (DTRA), NASA, NIH and the Department of Army. The FDA has granted Fast Track and Orphan Drug designation to Entolimod for the prevention and treatment of ARS and to mitigate the likelihood of death following a potential lethal dose of total body ionization during or after a radiation disaster.
Entolimod binding to the TLR5 receptor specifically activates downstream NF-κB-dependent pathways, triggering a coordinated multi-modal protective and regenerative response:
| ● |
Molecular level: NF-κB activation induces upregulation of superoxide dismutase 2 (SOD2), a powerful endogenous antioxidant enzyme that neutralizes reactive oxygen species (ROS), the primary initiators of radiation-induced macromolecular damage. This represents a first line of defense against radiation toxicity. |
| ● |
Cellular anti-apoptosis: Entolimod activates NF-κB-dependent anti-apoptotic programs via the PI3K/AKT/NRF2 signaling axis, reducing apoptosis in radiosensitive hematopoietic (HP) progenitors, intestinal crypt cells, and other rapidly dividing cell populations. |
| ● |
Cytokine induction: Entolimod rapidly and potently induces G-CSF and IL-6, the two primary hematopoietic growth factors that drive granulopoiesis and thrombopoiesis, respectively. G-CSF peaks at approximately 4 hours and IL-6 peaks at approximately 2 hours after drug administration in both NHP and humans. Secondary cytokines induced include IL-10 (anti-inflammatory) and IL-22 (GI mucosal protection). |
| ● |
Neutrophil mobilization: Entolimod-induced G-CSF drives rapid mobilization of neutrophils from bone marrow. These mobilized neutrophils, acting through the TLR5-neutrophil-MMP-9 axis, release Matrix Metalloproteinase-9 (MMP-9), which stimulates recovery of hematopoietic pluripotent precursors in the bone marrow, a key post-exposure radiomitigative mechanism distinct from the anti-apoptotic radioprotective mechanism. |
| ● |
GI mucosal protection: Direct TLR5 activation in intestinal crypt cells and endothelial cells reduces radiation-induced crypt apoptosis, preserves mucosal integrity, and reduces bacterial translocation, aseptic inflammation, and hemorrhage. |
| ● |
Immune activation and antitumor effects: Entolimod mobilizes innate immune cells (neutrophils, macrophages, NK cells) to solid tissues and subsequently activates adaptive immunity (dendritic cells and T-cells). In tumor models, entolimod demonstrates significant antitumor activity including inhibition of liver metastases and direct growth suppression in TLR5+ tumor xenografts. |
A critical safety feature of the Entolimod cytokine profile is the selective induction of hematopoietic and anti-inflammatory cytokines, with absent or minimal induction of TNF-α, IL-1α, IL-1β, IL-2, IL-4, IL-12, GM-CSF, and IFN, the cytokines primarily implicated in cytokine storm. This distinguishes Entolimod from compounds that broadly and indiscriminately stimulate the immune system and contribute to its favorable safety profile at therapeutic doses.
Market Opportunity: Oncology
Treatment-induced Neutropenia
Neutropenia, defined as an absolute neutrophil count (ANC) below 1,500/µL, is the most common and clinically consequential dose-limiting toxicity across both cytotoxic chemotherapy and high-dose radiotherapy. Febrile neutropenia (FN) occurs when ANC falls below 500/µL in the presence of fever (≥38.3°C once, or ≥38.0°C sustained).
Neutrophils are the body's primary defense against bacterial and fungal infection. When chemotherapy or radiation destroys bone marrow, neutrophil production collapses. With too few neutrophils circulating, the body cannot contain bacteria that would normally be harmless, including bacteria that naturally reside in the gut. When the GI mucosal barrier is simultaneously damaged by treatment (as it commonly is with chemotherapy), those gut bacteria can translocate into the bloodstream, triggering systemic infection. Fever is the body's alarm signal that this process is underway.
Chemotherapy-induced Neutropenia (CIN) affects 30–50% of standard-dose and up to 80% of high-dose regimen patients. Grade 3–4 neutropenia (ANC <500/μL) predisposes patients to life-threatening infections, hospitalization, dose reductions, treatment delays, and treatment discontinuation, all of which compromise cancer outcomes. Radiation-induced neutropenia most commonly arises via two distinct oncology pathways: large-field pelvic/thoracic radiation therapy irradiating active marrow (compounded by concurrent chemoradiotherapy) and total body irradiation conditioning prior to hematopoietic stem cell transplants. Entolimod’s nine ARS NHP studies constitute a rigorous nonclinical dataset for radiation-induced neutropenia, the same phenotype for which filgrastim and pegfilgrastim received Animal Rule ARS approvals in 2015.
Febrile neutropenia is the most dangerous form of neutropenia for those undergoing cancer treatment. FN carries a 5–10% case-fatality rate in solid tumors and up to 11% with bacteremia in hematologic malignancies. It drives ~60,000–80,000 U.S. hospitalizations annually at $20,000–$30,000 each, an economic burden exceeding $3 billion.
In addition, neutropenia-related dose reductions, delays, and treatment discontinuations directly compromise cancer outcomes. A landmark analysis in diffuse large B-cell lymphoma demonstrated that chemotherapy dose reductions of ≥15% due to neutropenia were associated with statistically significant decreases in overall survival. In breast cancer, delivered dose intensity in anthracycline-containing regimens directly correlates with disease-free survival.
Neutropenia management has been shown to be a determinant of cancer treatment outcomes. As a result, the global G-CSF market was valued at ~$8.3B in 2022–23 (~$4.5B U.S.).
However, no available treatment addresses febrile neutropenia's complete pathophysiology (depleted neutrophils plus a breached mucosal barrier). G-CSF drugs restore neutrophil counts but do not protect the mucosal barrier, leaving the translocation pathway open. Entolimod addresses both components simultaneously, stimulating multi-lineage hematopoietic recovery through TLR5-mediated G-CSF and IL-6 induction, while concurrently activating NF-κB-dependent anti-apoptotic pathways in GI mucosal crypt cells to preserve barrier integrity.
| Agent |
Mechanism |
Lineages Addressed |
GI / Mucosal Protection |
Key Limitation |
| Filgrastim (Neupogen®) |
rhG-CSF agonist |
Neutrophil only |
None |
FDA-approved CIN + ARS (Animal Rule, 2015); multi-dose; no platelet/RBC effect; no GI protection; -5% survival vs vehicle without supportive care in LD65/60 NHP |
| Pegfilgrastim (Neulasta® + biosimilars) |
PEGylated rhG-CSF |
Neutrophil only |
None |
FDA-approved CIN + ARS (Animal Rule, 2015); single-dose; no multi-lineage benefit; requires supportive care for ARS survival benefit; biosimilar erosion ongoing |
| Sargramostim (Leukine®) |
rhGM-CSF agonist |
Neutrophil + monocyte |
None |
Limited uptake vs G-CSF; not guideline-preferred for CIN; no platelet effect |
| Entolimod (investigational) |
TLR5 agonist → G-CSF + IL-6 + NF-κB |
Neutrophil + Platelet + Erythrocyte + GI mucosa |
Yes — direct TLR5-mediated crypt cell protection |
Investigational; IND 112257 open; OR 7.9 vs vehicle without supportive care in pivotal NHP study; Phase 2 design in preparation |
Entolimod activates the TLR5 pathway upstream of G-CSF and provides differentiated activity through:
| ● |
Multi-lineage hematopoietic recovery: In nine NHP ARS studies, Entolimod doses ≥10 μg/kg significantly reduced both neutropenia severity/duration AND thrombocytopenia and anemia — multi-lineage benefits absent with single-lineage G-CSF agents. |
| ● |
Concurrent GI mucosal protection: Entolimod simultaneously protects intestinal epithelium, addressing the GI toxicity that frequently co-occurs with myelosuppression in high-intensity chemotherapy. GI mucosal damage can make patients experiencing neutropenia even more susceptible to infection. |
| ● |
Oncological compatibility: In tumor model studies, Entolimod does not protect tumor cells from cytotoxic therapy. TLR5 is absent in most cancer cell lines (tumor cells lack functional TLR5 expression), and Entolimod has demonstrated additive antitumor immune effects in multiple models. It does not protect CT26 colorectal tumor cells, A549 shTLR5 lung cancer cells, or other TLR5-negative tumor lines. |
| ● |
5-FU synergy: In mice receiving highly toxic 5-Fluorouracil doses, Entolimod increased 30-day survival from 10% to 70% (p=0.0079). Tumor protection was TLR5-specific: absent in TLR5-knockout mice, absent in TLR5-negative tumor cells. |
Entolimod's recovery mechanism operates independently of the cause of bone marrow failure. The TLR5 → NF-κB → G-CSF induction → neutrophil mobilization → MMP-9 → HP stem cell recovery cascade is triggered by TLR5 activation whether marrow progenitors were destroyed by ionizing radiation, alkylating agents, antimetabolites, or any other cytotoxic mechanism.
Nine NHP ARS studies, culminating in the pivotal GLP Study Rs-23, constitute an extensive dataset in support of and with direct relevance to Entolimod's opportunity in radiation-induced neutropenia. In Rs-23, 160 rhesus macaques irradiated at 7.2 Gy TBI (LD70/60) and treated with a single Entolimod injection 25 hours post-radiation showed:
| ● |
75% survival vs. 27.5% on placebo (p<0.0001) without supportive care |
| ● |
Statistically significant reduction in days with severe neutropenia |
| ● |
Simultaneous improvement in platelet counts |
| ● |
Restoration of progenitor hematopoietic stem cells, the cells that become white b |
By direct comparison: filgrastim administered without supportive care in LD65/60 irradiated NHP showed -5% change in survival vs vehicle. Pegfilgrastim showed benefit only with intensive supportive care. The gap between approved agents and Entolimod in the radiation-induced neutropenia NHP model derives directly from Entolimod's ability to engage the full multi-lineage marrow recovery cascade. Supportive studies with TBI doses 5.2–7.25 Gy consistently replicated neutropenia and thrombocytopenia reduction across dose levels, with histopathological confirmation of bone marrow restoration and less GI hemorrhage in all Entolimod-treated groups. Human studies in 150 subjects confirmed a rise in absolute neutrophil count of 3–5-fold peaking at 8–24 hours, profiles nearly identical to NHP.
No single FDA-approved agent restores multi-lineage hematopoiesis (neutrophil + platelet + RBC), much less concurrently protects GI mucosal integrity.
| Agent |
Mechanism |
Lineages Addressed |
GI / Mucosal Protection |
Key Limitation |
| Filgrastim (Neupogen®) |
rhG-CSF agonist |
Neutrophil only |
None |
FDA-approved CIN + ARS (Animal Rule, 2015); multi-dose; no platelet/RBC effect; no GI protection; -5% survival vs vehicle without supportive care in LD65/60 NHP |
| Pegfilgrastim (Neulasta® + biosimilars) |
PEGylated rhG-CSF |
Neutrophil only |
None |
FDA-approved CIN + ARS (Animal Rule, 2015); single-dose; no multi-lineage benefit; requires supportive care for ARS survival benefit; biosimilar erosion ongoing |
| Sargramostim (Leukine®) |
rhGM-CSF agonist |
Neutrophil + monocyte |
None |
Limited uptake vs G-CSF; not guideline-preferred for CIN; no platelet effect |
| Entolimod (investigational) |
TLR5 agonist → G-CSF + IL-6 + NF-κB |
Neutrophil + Platelet + Erythrocyte + GI mucosa |
Yes — direct TLR5-mediated crypt cell protection; confirmed in 5-FU model |
Investigational; IND 112257 open; OR 7.9 vs vehicle without supportive care in pivotal NHP study; Phase 2 design in preparation |
Treatment-induced Thrombocytopenia
Thrombocytopenia, defined as a platelet count below 150,000/µL, is a near-universal consequence of myelosuppressive cancer treatment and a major driver of treatment-limiting toxicity across oncology. Severe thrombocytopenia (platelet count <50,000/µL) substantially increases the risk of spontaneous and procedure-related hemorrhage. Grade 4 thrombocytopenia (<25,000/µL) is a medical emergency requiring platelet transfusion. Among patients receiving standard chemotherapy, Grade 3–4 thrombocytopenia occurs in approximately 20–40% of cycles depending on regimen intensity and rates approach 60–80% with high-dose conditioning regimens used prior to hematopoietic stem cell transplantation (HSCT).
Thrombocytopenia management currently relies on platelet transfusion, a resource-intensive intervention. The U.S. blood supply transfuses approximately 2.2 million platelet units annually in cancer patients, at a cost of $500–800 per unit plus administration costs, representing a market impact of over $1.5 billion annually in the oncology setting alone.
Unlike neutropenia, where pharmacological management with G-CSF is well-established and guideline-recommended, thrombocytopenia has far fewer pharmacological options. The therapeutic landscape is characterized by reactive transfusion support rather than prevention or pharmacological recovery acceleration.
| Agent |
Setting |
Limitations |
| Platelet transfusion |
Reactive — active bleed or prophylactic at <10,000/µL |
Supply-constrained; alloimmunization risk; no endogenous recovery stimulation |
| Romiplostim (Nplate®) |
ITP + ARS thrombocytopenia (FDA Animal Rule, 2021) |
Weekly SC multi-dose; single-lineage platelet only — no neutrophil benefit; validates Animal Rule pathway; no CIT data |
| Oprelvekin / IL-11 (Neumega®) |
Approved for severe CIT prevention |
Minimal adoption due to fluid retention, edema, CV AEs; displaced by transfusion in practice |
| Entolimod (investigational) |
ARS (9 NHP studies); CIT (mechanistic inference; 5-FU model) |
Single-dose; simultaneous neutrophil + platelet + RBC recovery in NHP; superior survival OR vs approved agents without supportive care; Animal Rule pathway validated by romiplostim 2021 approval |
Across all published NHP studies, Entolimod demonstrated consistent and statistically significant effects on platelet recovery. At doses ≥10 μg/kg, Entolimod significantly reduced the duration and severity of thrombocytopenia. The mechanism involves both indirect effects (G-CSF and IL-6 stimulation of megakaryocyte progenitors) and direct promotion of the MEP (megakaryocyte/erythrocyte progenitor) lineage, which also drives red blood cell recovery. The combined effect on platelet and red blood cell recovery markedly diminished hemorrhagic anemia in treated animals. Entolimod’s single-dose activity on platelet recovery complements its neutrophil and GI effects, providing a comprehensive multi-lineage and multi-organ countermeasure profile unavailable from any single approved agent.
Radiation-Induced Mucositis in Head and Neck Cancer
Radiation-induced oral and GI mucositis is one of the most debilitating and dose-limiting complications of cancer radiotherapy. It affects up to 80–90% of head and neck cancer patients receiving radiotherapy, with Grade 3–4 severity in 30–60%, causing severe pain, dysphagia, weight loss, unplanned hospitalizations, treatment interruptions, and compromised tumor control. No FDA-approved pharmacological prevention exists for head and neck cancer patients. Palifermin (Kepivance®) is approved only for hematologic malignancy patients receiving TBI conditioning. Annual U.S. costs of mucositis-related complications exceed $2 billion.
Published preclinical data from key studies directly support Entolimod’s potential in radiation mucositis:
| ● |
Burdelya et al. (Int J Radiat Oncol Biol Phys, 2012): In murine single-dose local irradiation, Entolimod administered prior to or after radiation significantly reduced oral mucositis severity and accelerated mucosal tissue recovery. Radiation-induced weight loss was also reduced. |
| ● |
Toshkov, Gleiberman, Mett et al. (Radiation Research, 2017): In a clinically relevant fractionated radiation model (5 × 6 Gy, total 30 Gy, approximating clinical head and neck radiotherapy regimens), Entolimod administered either 30 minutes before OR 1 hour after each fraction significantly reduced radiation damage and accelerated tissue restoration in tongue, lips, mouth mucosa, upper esophagus, and neck skin. Post-irradiation treatment (1 hour post-fraction) was more effective than pre-irradiation. |
| ● |
GI mucositis (Oncotarget, 2014): In the 5-FU murine model, Entolimod’s GI protective activity was demonstrated to be independent of its hematopoietic rescue (IL-6-independent pathway), supporting distinct and complementary mechanisms of GI protection. |
| ● |
Normal tissue selectivity confirmed: In all mucositis models, entolimod protection was strictly limited to normal tissues. Tumor cells remained fully sensitive to radiation and chemotherapy cytotoxicity, and antitumor immune responses were amplified rather than suppressed. |
As noted earlier, mucositis carries a particularly severe penalty for cancer patients when paired with neutropenia.
Entolasta
In conjunction with Tivic's license agreement with Statera, the company received rights to Entolimod's second generation molecule, Entolasta. Entolasta is a pharmacologically optimized derivative of Entolimod developed to address a fundamental limitation of the parent compound, rapid neutralizing antibody formation. In human Phase 1 studies, Entolimod induced neutralizing antibodies in most patients within the second week of administration, reflecting immune memory against bacterial flagellin from prior environmental exposure. This tachyphylaxis-like immunogenic response effectively limits Entolimod to single-dose or very infrequent dosing regimens, which is well-suited to the ARS indication where a single post-exposure injection is the intended clinical use, but may be a significant constraint for oncology indications requiring repeated dosing across a multi-week treatment course.
Entolasta addresses this through structure-guided reengineering that eliminates key B-cell and T-cell epitopes responsible for the neutralizing antibody response while preserving full TLR5 agonist activity and NF-κB activation, resulting in substantially reduced immunogenicity and resistance to pre-existing flagellin-neutralizing antibodies. This deimmunized profile makes Entolasta potentially preferable to Entolimod in any indication requiring repeated administration, including multi-cycle chemotherapy supportive care, fractionated radiotherapy mucositis prevention, and chronic applications such as immunosenescence.
The company intends to begin advancing Entolasta through IND-enabling studies in 2026 and 2027.
Market Opportunity: Acute Radiation Syndrome
Acute Radiation Syndrome is a life-threatening systemic condition resulting from high-dose total body irradiation (TBI), as occurs in nuclear and radiological events. According to CoherntAI, "the global Acute Radiation Syndrome Market is estimated to be valued at USD 5.47 Bn in 2025 and is expected to reach USD 7.80 Bn by 2032, growing at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 5.2% from 2025 to 2032."
The primary near-term commercial opportunities for Entolimod are U.S. government sponsored development activities leading to procurement for the Strategic National Stockpile (SNS) and purchases from allied countries. BARDA has historically funded the development and procurement of ARS countermeasures under Project BioShield and related programs. An approved Entolimod product would compete for SNS procurement against currently stockpiled G-CSF agents, with a potentially differentiated value proposition:
| ● |
Single-dose convenience: A single IM injection 1–48 hours post-exposure, without required supportive care, is highly suited to mass-casualty MCM deployment logistics. |
| ● |
Dual HP/GI activity: No approved MCM addresses both hematopoietic and gastrointestinal ARS in a single agent. |
| ● |
Superior non-human primate (NHP) survival data: 47.5% absolute survival improvement without supportive care vs. no improvement for single-agent filgrastim without supportive care using a LD70 dose of ionizing radiation. |
| ● |
Long treatment window: Proven efficacy at 48 hours post-TBI enables administration in mass-casualty scenarios where medical care is delayed. |
| ● |
Domestic manufacturing: Velocity Bioworks, a Tivic subsidiary, provides a secure domestic supply chain. |
ARS develops following whole-body exposure to ionizing radiation exceeding approximately 0.7 Gy. The severity and type of ARS is dose-dependent:
| ● |
2–10 Gy TBI: Hematopoietic ARS (HP-ARS): bone marrow failure with neutropenia, thrombocytopenia, anemia, and combined infection and hemorrhage risk. HP-ARS is the predominant cause of morbidity and mortality in this dose range, with deaths generally occurring 2–4 weeks post-exposure. |
| ● |
6–15+ Gy TBI: Gastrointestinal ARS (GI-ARS): loss of intestinal mucosal integrity, bacterial translocation, sepsis, and GI hemorrhage superimposed on HP-ARS. Combined HP/GI-ARS substantially worsens prognosis. |
| ● |
>15 Gy TBI: Cerebrovascular syndrome: massive neuronal apoptosis, death within 2–5 days; no treatment is currently effective. |
Following radiation exposure, the clinical course follows four phases: a prodromal phase of nausea, vomiting, and fatigue within hours of exposure; a latent phase during which the patient may appear well despite ongoing bone marrow and GI damage; manifest illness phase where neutropenia, thrombocytopenia, and anemia emerge; and either recovery or death. The latent phase represents the critical intervention window. Radiomitigating agents administered within 24 to 48 hours of exposure can stimulate hematopoietic recovery and protect damaged tissues before marrow failure becomes irreversible. Without intervention, death from infection or hemorrhage typically occurs within 30 to 60 days.
Entolimod harnesses recombinant DNA techniques to optimize its immune-stimulating effects while minimizing unwanted inflammatory responses. Its engineered design selectively maintains potent TLR5 activation, making it particularly effective as a radioprotective agent. By boosting innate immune defenses and facilitating regeneration, Entolimod has been shown to provide critical protection against acute radiation injury when administered within the first 48 hours, demonstrating significant therapeutic potential for both civilian and military applications involving radiation exposure.
Competitive Landscape in ARS
Currently approved military countermeasures (MCMs) for ARS consist solely of G-CSF agents. Specific competition for Entolimod includes FDA-approved G-CSF agents filgrastim (Neupogen®), pegfilgrastim (Neulasta®), sargramostim (Leukine®), and romiplostim (Nplate® specifically for thrombocytopenia). Our ability to sell to the government may be influenced by the government's existing inventory of these drugs which were previously purchased by the U.S. government for the Strategic National Stockpile. In addition, we are aware of other companies also developing radiation countermeasures to treat the effects of ARS including Aeolus Pharmaceuticals, Cellerant Therapeutics, Cellphire, and Humanetics Corporation.
These agents address individual hematopoietic conditions, but none simultaneously addresses HP and GI ARS. The published NHP data on filgrastim/pegfilgrastim shows that single-agent G-CSF administered without intensive supportive care provides no improvement in survival following LD50/60 radiation in rhesus macaques. Entolimod provided a 47.5% absolute improvement in 60-day survival with a single IM injection 25 hours post-TBI without supportive care with a LD70 dose of ionizing radiation.
The U.S. government’s Strategic National Stockpile (SNS), managed by the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority (BARDA), requires a single countermeasure capable of being stockpiled and rapidly deployed with minimal supportive care infrastructure in a mass-casualty event. Entolimod’s single-dose subcutaneous or intramuscular administration, 25- to 48-hour post-exposure treatment window, and dual HP/GI activity profile directly address this need.
Clinical, Preclinical, and Nonclinical Evidence Base
Radiomitigation Studies in Mice
An initial series of non-GLP murine studies (multiple strains, LD20−100/30 radiation doses) established the radiomitigative activity of Entolimod. Administered as a single injection within 24 hours after TBI, Entolimod provided an approximate 20–40% absolute increase in 30-day survival, with a dose plateau reached at approximately 20 μg/kg for subcutaneous administration. These murine data established dose-response relationships and guided NHP study design.
Pivotal GLP Dose-Ranging Study in Irradiated NHP (Study Rs-23)
The pivotal evidence supporting Entolimod’s ARS program derives from Study Rs-23, a randomized, blinded, placebo-controlled, parallel-group, dose-ranging GLP study in rhesus macaques (N=159 evaluable animals) conducted at a TBI dose of 7.2 Gy (projected LD70/60). A single IM injection of Entolimod was administered 25 hours after irradiation across eight dose groups (vehicle and 0.3, 1.0, 3.0, 6.6, 10, 40, and 120 μg/kg).
The survival dose-response was sigmoidal. Maximal effect was first observed at 10 μg/kg and was maintained as a plateau at 40 and 120 μg/kg. At the optimal dose of 10 μg/kg:
| ● |
60-day survival: 75% vs. 27.5% for vehicle (p<0.0001). |
| ● |
Absolute improvement in survival: 47.5 percentage points. |
| ● |
Odds ratio of survival: 7.9 in favor of Entolimod. |
| ● |
No deaths were attributable to Entolimod; a single IM injection 25 hours post-irradiation prevented ARS-related death occurring 2–3 weeks later. |
| ● |
Comparison to approved MCMs: In NHP studies with equivalent LD TBI, filgrastim administered as single-agent without supportive care was associated with no improvement (−5% change) in survival. Pegfilgrastim required multi-dose regimens plus intensive supportive care to achieve survival improvements. Entolimod achieved greater survival benefit with a single post-exposure dose and no supportive care. |
Hematological Recovery
All groups experienced profound TBI-induced neutropenia, thrombocytopenia, and anemia (average neutrophil and platelet nadirs on Days 14–15, with many animals having undetectable counts; ~60 g/L average hemoglobin drop in controls).
| ● |
At doses ≥10 μg/kg, Entolimod significantly improved neutrophil nadir counts (p=0.0149 to p=0.0005). |
| ● |
Platelet count nadirs were significantly improved and proportions of days with severe thrombocytopenia were markedly reduced (p<0.0001). |
| ● |
Hemoglobin and reticulocyte recovery were accelerated, reducing the incidence of Grade 4 hemorrhagic anemia. |
| ● |
Histopathological examination confirmed dose-dependent improvements in bone marrow, spleen, thymus, and lymph node recovery, and preservation of GI mucosal architecture. |
Pharmacodynamic Biomarkers
Three biomarkers of Entolimod efficacy, validated for animal-to-human dose bridging, were analyzed. In Study Rs-23, all three biomarkers showed dose-dependent, statistically significant increases. Spearman rank correlations, an established method of bridging animal-to-human dosing, confirmed that biomarker responses are highly predictive of survival benefit.
Supportive Non-GLP Studies in Irradiated NHP
Eight additional supportive non-GLP studies in rhesus macaques (Studies Rs-03, Rs-05, Rs-06, Rs-09, Rs-10, Rs-11, Rs-14, Rs-17) evaluated Entolimod across a range of TBI doses (5.2–7.25 Gy), drug doses (0.3–40 μg/kg), and administration timing (1–48 hours post-TBI). Entolimod demonstrated a consistent survival benefit in every study:
| Study |
TBI Dose |
Entolimod Dose |
Time Post-TBI |
Survival Outcome |
| Rs-23 (pivotal GLP) |
7.2 Gy (LD70/60) |
10 μg/kg |
25 hours |
75% vs 27.5% vehicle (absolute +47.5%; odds ratio 7.9; p<0.0001) |
| Rs-23 (dose range) |
7.2 Gy |
40–120 μg/kg |
25 hours |
70–75% vs 27.5% vehicle; survival plateau across plateau doses |
| Rs-05 |
5.2 Gy |
40 μg/kg |
1, 16, 25, or 48 h |
100% survival (all time points) vs 80% vehicle; p<0.05 |
| Rs-03 |
6.5 Gy |
40 μg/kg |
1 hour |
70% vs 20% vehicle |
| Rs-09 |
6.75 Gy |
10 μg/kg |
1 hour |
Significant survival improvement vs vehicle; consistent with Rs-23 |
| Rs-06 |
6.7 Gy |
40 μg/kg |
16, 25, or 48 h |
Survival benefit at all 3 time points vs vehicle; 48 h post-TBI efficacy confirmed |
Across all supportive studies, Entolimod consistently improved hematological parameters, reduced GI tract damage, accelerated immune organ recovery, and was not associated with any drug-related deaths.
Pivotal Pharmacodynamic Study in Non-Irradiated NHP (Study Rs-001)
Study Rs-001 was a randomized, blinded, placebo-controlled, parallel-group, dose-ranging GLP pharmacodynamic study in 160 non-irradiated rhesus macaques across the same eight dose levels as Rs-23. This study demonstrated that Entolimod produces quantitatively comparable dose-response effects on the three pharmacodynamic biomarkers (G-CSF AUC: Spearman ρ=1.0 vs. irradiated animals; IL-6 AUC: ρ=1.0; ANC24: ρ=0.83) in irradiated versus non-irradiated animals.
This finding is critical for the FDA Animal Rule pathway, as it allows dose selection and pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic bridging to humans to be performed in non-irradiated subjects, thereby enabling the human PK/PD studies required for BLA submission without exposing humans to radiation.
Safety Data in Humans
Entolimod’s human clinical database includes data from 150 healthy subjects across two dose-ranging radiomitigation studies (Studies HU-7014 and HU-9001), additional data from Phase 1/2 oncology studies in patients with advanced cancer (Studies I-196111-US and I-196111-Russia) and data from a neoadjuvant colorectal cancer study (Study BL612-CBLB502). A vaccine adjuvant study in healthy subjects has also been completed at Mayo Clinic. Collectively, the clinical program is believed to establish the human safety, pharmacokinetic, and pharmacodynamic profile required for Animal Rule BLA submission.
Two multi-center, randomized, dose-ranging studies enrolled 150 healthy subjects to evaluate the safety, tolerability, pharmacokinetics, and pharmacodynamics of Entolimod. The target human dose for ARS use has been identified as approximately 0.40–0.60 μg/kg (corresponding to approximately 25–35 μg for most adults).
The safety profile of Entolimod in healthy subjects is characterized by a predictable, self-limiting, flu-like symptom complex consistent with TLR agonism. All reported adverse events were resolved without long-term effects. Key safety findings include:
| ● |
Most common treatment-emergent adverse events (TEAEs) were chills, headache, nausea, vomiting, fatigue, injection site pain, tachycardia, and transient hypotension, consistent with the pharmacodynamic mechanism of action. |
| ● |
78% of TEAEs were Grade 1 or Grade 2. Only 4 of 150 subjects (2.6%) experienced a serious adverse event (SAE), all of which were resolved. No deaths occurred across any clinical study. |
| ● |
Transient elevations in serum ALT and AST were observed, peaking at approximately 8 hours and resolving to baseline by 24 hours. No subject experienced combined ALT/AST elevation plus bilirubin increase. Elevations are mechanistically consistent with NK cell recruitment to TLR5-expressing liver tissue. |
| ● |
Transient dose-dependent hypophosphatemia (low phosphates) was observed. Grade 3 in approximately 47% of subjects in the target dose range, resolving fully in ~95% of subjects. No clinical consequences were observed. |
| ● |
Renal and cardiac: No clinically meaningful dose-dependent changes in creatinine or BUN; no prolonged QTcF >501 msec was observed in dose groups where ECG monitoring was performed. |
| ● |
IBP pretreatment: Co-administration of 400 mg ibuprofen prior to Entolimod substantially reduced constitutional symptoms (chills 85% → 65%, fever 50% → 18%, Grade ≥3 events 38% → 6%) without impairing pharmacodynamic activity, providing a practical management approach for the ARS indication. |
| ● |
Tachyphylaxis: Subjects who received a second 30-μg dose 72 hours after the first showed substantially attenuated adverse event profiles (no Grade 3/4 events, no hypotension), indicating class-specific immune tolerance with repeat dosing. |
Pharmacokinetics in Humans
Following IM injection, Entolimod was detectable in serum at doses ≥6 μg, with peak concentrations reached at a median of 3–6 hours post dose. Elimination half-life ranged from approximately 2–7 hours. Pharmacokinetics were dose-proportional across the 25-fold dose range studied (2–50 μg). Between-subject variability in peak concentrations was high (CV 60–91%) but within-subject variability was limited. The pharmacokinetic profile was not meaningfully affected by IBP pretreatment.
Pharmacodynamics in Humans
Additionally, the three pharmacodynamic biomarkers used for animal-to-human dose bridging — plasma G-CSF, plasma IL-6, and ANC — were validated in human subjects in Studies HU-7014 and HU-9001. Dose-dependent increases in all three biomarkers were observed:
| ● |
Plasma G-CSF and IL-6 showed rapid, dose-dependent elevations peaking at 2–4 hours post dose, with magnitudes comparable to those observed in NHP at equivalent body-weight-adjusted doses. |
| ● |
ANC increased substantially (dose-dependent) by 4–8 hours post dose, peaking and returning toward baseline by 120 hours. The magnitude and temporal profile of neutrophil mobilization in humans matches NHP responses. |
| ● |
The concordance between human and NHP pharmacodynamic responses — with biomarker response correlations of 1.0 for G-CSF and IL-6 AUC across irradiated and non-irradiated NHP — provides the scientific and regulatory foundation for bridging the NHP efficacy data to human dose selection under the Animal Rule. |
| ● |
TNF-α, IL-1β, IL-2, IL-4, IL-12, GM-CSF, and IFN-γ were not meaningfully elevated, consistent with NHP data and confirming the absence of cytokine storm risk at therapeutic doses. |
Velocity Bioworks, Inc.
Velocity Bioworks, Inc. ("VBI") is a wholly owned subsidiary of Tivic Health Systems, Inc., formed in December 2025 following our acquisition of the strategic manufacturing and development assets of Scorpius Holdings, Inc. Operating from a purpose-built, state-of-the-art facility in San Antonio, Texas, VBI is intended to function as a full-service contract development and manufacturing organization (CDMO) focused on rapidly advancing biologic programs to the clinic. The subsidiary offers a broad array of services, including analytical testing, process development, and manufacturing of cellular and biologic therapies. VBI serves a dual strategic purpose for Tivic: it secures a robust U.S.-based manufacturing site for the Company's lead drug candidate, Entolimod™, as we advance toward a Biologics License Application (BLA) with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, while also underwriting the expense by creating new revenue opportunities by providing CDMO services to third-party biopharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. The formation of Velocity Bioworks is expected to reduce development costs, reduce delays historically associated with outsourcing, and accelerate Tivic's broader pipeline, including additional Entolimod and Entolasta indications such as neutropenia. The acquisition was supported by a financing package exceeding $90 million, led by 3i, LP, comprising $16 million in debt financing for asset purchases and facility improvements and up to $75 million in preferred convertible equity.
Intellectual Property / Barriers to Entry
Intellectual Property
Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary protection for our product candidates and other discoveries, inventions, trade secrets and know-how that are critical to our business operations. Our success also depends in part on our ability to operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others, and in part, on our ability to prevent others from infringing our proprietary rights. A comprehensive discussion on risks relating to intellectual property is provided under the section of this Report titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”
We rely primarily on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark, and trade secret laws, as well as contractual provisions with employees and third parties, to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. Our patent strategy is to pursue broad protection for key technologies, supplemented by additional patent filings covering conceptual methods, specific aspects of current and proposed products, and forward-looking applications and technological developments. We also engage in strategic analysis of our owned patent assets and pursue additional patent claims from our existing portfolio that may provide us with market advantages. We do not rely heavily on trade secret protection but do maintain a certain amount of in-house know-how that is not disclosed publicly.
As discussed elsewhere in this Report, in February 2025 Tivic entered into a License Agreement with Statera Biopharma, pursuant to which we acquired worldwide exclusive license rights to the late-stage TLR5 agonist Entolimod for the treatment of ARS. In addition, we acquired an exclusive option to license five additional indications and clinical use cases for Entolimod and its derivative, Entolasta. The TLR5 related intellectual property portfolio currently consists of over 60 active patents and patents pending. Subsequent to the licensing of TLR5 patents related to Entolimod and Entolasta, Tivic initiated its own patent filings to expand protection of additional indications.
In most jurisdictions in which we file, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest date of filing of a non-provisional patent application. However, the term of U.S. patents may be extended for delays incurred due to compliance with FDA requirements or by delays encountered during prosecution that are caused by the United States Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”). We intend to seek patent term extensions in any jurisdiction where these are available and where we also have a patent that may be eligible; however, there is no guarantee that the applicable authorities will agree with our assessment of whether such extensions should be granted, and even if granted, the length of such extensions.
Other Barriers to Entry
In addition to the patents, Entolimod and Entolasta are eligible for biological exclusivity in the U.S. and Europe, which provides additional competitive protection and barriers to entry. Specifically, 12 years of exclusivity in the US and 10 years of exclusivity in the EU. In addition, the company is developing relationships with and seeking potential strategic partnerships with key government agencies that participate in the development and/or procurement of radiation countermeasures.
| Partner / Agency |
Nature of Engagement |
| BARDA (Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority) |
Active engagement; TechWatch meetings Jan. 26 and March 10, 2026 focused on Entolimod as potential Strategic National Stockpile MCM; discussions on federal funding and procurement pathways. |
| Dept. of War / DTRA |
Represented at BARDA TechWatch meeting; historical DoD funding of predecessor ARS programs at Cleveland BioLabs. |
| NIH / NIAID |
Represented at BARDA TechWatch meeting; ongoing scientific and regulatory dialogue on ARS MCM development. |
| Statera Biopharma / Cleveland BioLabs |
Originating licensor; transfer of IND history, clinical data (Studies HU-7014, HU-9001), GLP nonclinical package, regulatory files, and manufacturing know-how. |
We believe that these assets, along with regulatory clearances and advancements in our second- generation drug, EntolastaTM, will create barriers to entry for competitors.
Government Regulation under Food and Drug Administration
Biopharmaceutical Regulations
In the United States, drug products are regulated under the FD&C Act and applicable implementing regulations and guidance. The failure of an applicant to comply with the applicable regulatory requirements at any time during the product development process, including non-clinical testing, clinical testing, the approval process or the post-approval process, may result in delays to the conduct of a study. In rare instances involving willful or exceptionally negligent conduct on the part of a company, it could result in civil or criminal penalties.
An applicant seeking approval to market and distribute a new drug in the United States generally must satisfactorily complete each of the following steps before the FDA will consider approving the product candidate:
| ● |
preclinical testing, including laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies, which must be performed in accordance with the FDA’s good laboratory practice (“GLP”) regulations and standards; |
| ● |
submission to the FDA of an Investigational New Drug (“IND”) application for human clinical testing, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin; |
| ● |
approval by an independent institutional review board (“IRB”) representing each clinical site before each clinical trial may be initiated; and |
| ● |
preparation and submission to the FDA of a Biological License Application (“BLA”) for a biological-based drug product, which includes the results of the clinical trials and manufacturing validation tests. |
Preclinical Studies
Before an applicant begins testing a product candidate with potential therapeutic value in humans, the product candidate enters the preclinical testing stage. Preclinical tests include laboratory evaluations of product chemistry, formulation and stability, as well as other studies to evaluate, among other things, the toxicity of the product candidate. The results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information and analytical data, are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND.
The IND and IRB Processes
An IND is an exemption from the FDCA that allows an unapproved product candidate to be shipped in interstate commerce for use in an investigational clinical trial and a request for FDA authorization to administer such investigational product to humans. IND authorization is required by the FDA before the commencement of any human or animal studies for phased development.
Following commencement of a clinical trial under an IND, the FDA may also place a clinical hold or partial clinical hold on that trial. A clinical hold is an order issued by the FDA to the sponsor to delay a proposed clinical investigation or to suspend an ongoing investigation. A partial clinical hold is a delay or suspension of only part of the clinical work requested under the IND. For example, a partial clinical hold might state that a specific protocol or part of a protocol may not proceed, while other parts of a protocol or other protocols may do so.
A sponsor may choose, but is not required, to conduct a foreign clinical study under an IND. When a foreign clinical study is conducted under an IND, all IND requirements must be met unless waived by the FDA. When a foreign clinical study is not conducted under an IND, the sponsor must ensure that the study complies with certain regulatory requirements of the FDA in order to use the study as support for an IND or application for marketing approval. Foreign studies are expected to be conducted within the conditions laid out by FDA for GCPs.
In addition to the foregoing IND requirements, an IRB representing each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at that institution. An IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution, or an institution it represents, if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the product candidate has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.
Expanded Access to an Investigational Drug for Treatment Use
Expanded access, sometimes called “compassionate use,” is the use of investigational new drug products outside of clinical trials to treat patients with serious or immediately life-threatening diseases or conditions when there are no comparable or satisfactory alternative treatment options. The rules and regulations related to expanded access are intended to improve access to investigational drugs for patients who may benefit from investigational therapies. FDA regulations allow access to investigational drugs under an IND by the company or the treating physician for treatment purposes on a case-by-case basis for: individual patients (single-patient IND applications for treatment in emergency settings and non-emergency settings), intermediate-size patient populations, and larger populations for use of the drug under a treatment protocol or Treatment IND Application.
On December 13, 2016, the 21st Century Cures Act established (and the 2017 Food and Drug Administration Reauthorization Act later amended) a requirement that sponsors of one or more investigational drugs for the treatment of a serious disease(s) or condition(s) make publicly available their policies for evaluating and responding to requests for expanded access for individual patients. Although these requirements were rolled out over time, they have now come into full effect. This provision requires drug and biologic companies to make publicly available their policies for expanded access for individual patient access to products intended for serious diseases. Sponsors are required to make such policies publicly available upon the earlier of initiation of a Phase 2 or Phase 3 study with respect to an investigational drug, or 15 days after the drug or biologic receives designation as a breakthrough therapy, fast track product, or regenerative medicine advanced therapy.
Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases, but the phases may overlap or be combined. Additional studies may also be required after approval.
Phase 1 clinical trials are initially conducted in a limited population to test the product candidate for safety, including adverse effects, dose tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution, excretion and pharmacodynamics in healthy humans or in patients. During Phase 1 clinical trials, information about the product candidate’s pharmacokinetics and pharmacological effects may be obtained to permit the design of well-controlled and scientifically valid Phase 2 clinical trials.
Phase 2 clinical trials are generally conducted in a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, evaluate the efficacy of the product candidate for specific targeted indications and determine dose tolerance and optimal dosage. Multiple Phase 2 clinical trials may be conducted by the sponsor to obtain information prior to beginning larger and more costly Phase 3 clinical trials. Phase 2 clinical trials are well-controlled and closely monitored.
Phase 3 clinical trials proceed if the Phase 2 clinical trials demonstrate that a dose range of the product candidate is potentially effective and has an acceptable safety profile. Phase 3 clinical trials are undertaken within an expanded patient population to further evaluate dosage, provide substantial evidence of clinical efficacy and further test for safety in an expanded and diverse patient population at multiple geographically dispersed clinical trial sites. A well-controlled, statistically robust Phase 3 clinical trial may be designed to deliver the data that regulatory authorities will use to decide whether or not to approve, and, if approved, how to appropriately label a drug. Such Phase 3 clinical trials are referred to as “pivotal” trials.
In some cases, the FDA may approve a BLA for a product candidate but require the sponsor to conduct additional clinical trials to further assess the product candidate’s safety and effectiveness after approval. Such post-approval trials are typically referred to as Phase 4 clinical trials. These trials are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of a larger number of patients in the intended treatment group and to further document a clinical benefit in the case of drugs approved under accelerated approval regulations. Failure to exhibit due diligence with regard to conducting Phase 4 clinical trials could result in withdrawal of FDA approval for products.
Review and Approval of a BLA
In order to obtain approval to market a biological drug product in the United States, a marketing application must be submitted to the FDA that provides sufficient data establishing the safety, purity and potency of the product candidate for its intended indication. The application must include all relevant data available from pertinent preclinical and clinical trials, including negative or ambiguous results as well as positive findings, together with detailed information relating to the product candidate’s chemistry, manufacturing, controls and proposed labeling, among other things. Data can come from company-sponsored clinical trials intended to test the safety and effectiveness of the use of a product candidate, or from a number of alternative sources, including studies initiated by independent investigators. To support marketing approval, the data submitted must be sufficient in quality and quantity to establish the safety, purity and potency of the drug product to the satisfaction of the FDA.
The BLA is a vehicle through which applicants formally propose that the FDA approve a new product for marketing and sale in the United States for one or more indications. Every new drug product candidate must be the subject of an approved BLA before it may be commercialized in the United States. Under federal law, the submission of most BLAs is subject to an application user fee. The sponsor of an approved BLA is also subject to an annual program fee. Certain exceptions and waivers are available for some of these fees, such as a waiver for certain small businesses filing their first BLA.
Following submission of a BLA, the FDA conducts a preliminary review (otherwise known as an administrative review) of the application, generally within 60 calendar days of its receipt, and strives to inform the sponsor by the 74th day after the FDA’s receipt of the submission whether the application is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept the application for filing. In this event, the application must be resubmitted with the requested additional information. The resubmitted application is also subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review.
Before approving an application, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is or will be manufactured. These pre-approval inspections may cover all facilities associated with a BLA submission, including component manufacturing, finished product manufacturing and control testing laboratories. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to ensure consistent production of the product within required specifications.
Additionally, before approving a BLA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with Good Clinical Practices ("GCP"). Under the FDA Reauthorization Act of 2017, the FDA must implement a protocol to expedite review of responses to inspection reports pertaining to certain applications, including applications for products of which there is a shortage or those for which approval is dependent on remediation of conditions identified in the inspection report.
In addition, as a condition of approval, the FDA may require an applicant to develop a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy (“REMS”). REMS use risk minimization strategies beyond the professional labeling to ensure that the benefits of the product outweigh the potential risks. To determine whether a REMS is needed, the FDA will consider the size of the population likely to use the product, seriousness of the disease, expected benefit of the product, expected duration of treatment, seriousness of known or potential adverse events and whether the product is a new molecular entity.
Fast Track, Breakthrough Therapy, Priority Review and Regenerative Advanced Therapy Designations
The FDA is authorized to designate certain products for expedited review if they are intended to address an unmet medical need in the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition. These programs are referred to as Fast Track Designation, Breakthrough Therapy Designation, priority review designation and regenerative advanced therapy designation.
Specifically, the FDA may designate a product for Fast Track review if it is intended, whether alone or in combination with one or more other products, for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and it demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for such a disease or condition. For Fast Track products, sponsors may have greater interactions with the FDA, and the FDA may initiate review of sections of a Fast Track product’s application before the application is complete. This rolling review may be available if the FDA determines, after preliminary evaluation of clinical data submitted by the sponsor, that a Fast Track product may be effective. The sponsor must also provide, and the FDA must approve, a schedule for the submission of the remaining information and the sponsor must pay applicable user fees. However, the FDA’s time period goal for reviewing a Fast Track application does not begin until the last section of the application is submitted. In addition, the Fast Track designation may be withdrawn by the FDA if the FDA believes that the designation is no longer supported by data emerging in the clinical trial process.
Second, a product may be designated as a Breakthrough Therapy if it is intended, either alone or in combination with one or more other products, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. The FDA may take certain actions with respect to Breakthrough Therapies, including holding meetings with the sponsor throughout the development process; providing timely advice to the product sponsor regarding development and approval; involving more senior staff in the review process; assigning a cross-disciplinary project lead for the review team; and taking other steps to design the clinical trials in an efficient manner.
Third, the FDA may designate a product for priority review if it is a product that treats a serious condition and, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety or effectiveness. The FDA determines, on a case-by-case basis, whether the proposed product represents a significant improvement when compared with other available therapies. Significant improvement may be illustrated by evidence of increased effectiveness in the treatment of a condition, elimination or substantial reduction of a treatment-limiting product reaction, documented enhancement of patient compliance that may lead to improvement in serious outcomes, and evidence of safety and effectiveness in a new subpopulation. A priority designation is intended to direct overall attention and resources to the evaluation of such applications, and to shorten the FDA’s goal for taking action on a marketing application from 10 months to six months.
With passage of the 21st Century Cures Act (the “Cures Act”) in December 2016, Congress authorized the FDA to accelerate review and approval of products designated as regenerative advanced therapies. A product is eligible for this designation if it is a regenerative medicine therapy that is intended to treat, modify, reverse or cure a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product has the potential to address unmet medical needs for such disease or condition. The benefits of a regenerative advanced therapy designation include early interactions with the FDA to expedite development and review, benefits available to breakthrough therapies and potential eligibility for priority review and accelerated approval based on surrogate or intermediate endpoints.
Accelerated Approval Pathway
The FDA may grant accelerated approval to a product for a serious or life-threatening condition that provides meaningful therapeutic advantage to patients over existing treatments based upon a determination that the product has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit. The FDA may also grant accelerated approval to a product for such a condition when the product has an effect on an intermediate clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality (“IMM”). The FDA has limited experience with accelerated approvals based on intermediate clinical endpoints, but has indicated that such endpoints generally may support accelerated approval where the therapeutic effect measured by the endpoint is not itself a clinical benefit and basis for traditional approval, if there is a basis for concluding that the therapeutic effect is reasonably likely to predict the ultimate clinical benefit of a product.
The accelerated approval pathway is usually contingent on a sponsor’s agreement to conduct, in a diligent manner, additional post-approval confirmatory studies to verify and describe the product’s clinical benefit. As a result, a product candidate approved on this basis is subject to rigorous post-marketing compliance requirements, including the completion of Phase 4 or post-approval clinical trials to confirm the effect of the product on the relevant clinical endpoints. Failure to conduct required post-approval studies, or confirm a clinical benefit during post-marketing studies, would allow the FDA to initiate expedited proceedings to withdraw approval of the product. All promotional materials for product candidates approved under accelerated regulations are subject to prior review by the FDA.
The FDA’s Decision on a BLA
On the basis of the FDA’s evaluation of a BLA and accompanying information, including the results of the inspection of the manufacturing facilities, the FDA may issue an approval letter or a complete response letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the product with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing or information in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. If and when those deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction in a resubmission of the BLA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. The FDA has committed to reviewing such resubmissions in two or six months, depending on the type of information included. Even with submission of this additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.
If the FDA approves a new product, it may limit the approved indications for use of the product. The agency may also require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after the initiation of commercialization, or impose other conditions, including distribution restrictions or other risk management mechanisms, such as REMS, to help ensure that the benefits of the product outweigh the potential risks. REMS can include medication guides, communication plans for health care professionals, and elements to assure safe use (“ETASU”). ETASU can include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring and the use of patent registries. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-market studies or surveillance programs.
After approval, many types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval.
Post-Approval Regulation
If regulatory approval for marketing of a product or a new indication for an existing product is obtained, the sponsor will be required to comply with all regular post-approval regulatory requirements, as well as any post-approval requirements that the FDA may have imposed as part of the approval process. The sponsor will be required to report, among other things, certain adverse reactions and manufacturing problems to the FDA, provide updated safety and efficacy information and comply with requirements concerning advertising and promotional labeling requirements.
Manufacturers and certain of their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with ongoing regulatory requirements, including cGMP regulations, which impose certain procedural and documentation requirements upon manufacturers. Accordingly, the sponsor and its third-party manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the areas of production and quality control to maintain compliance with cGMP regulations and other regulatory requirements.
A product may also be subject to official lot release, meaning that the manufacturer is required to perform certain tests on each lot of the product before it is released for distribution. If the product is subject to official release, the manufacturer must submit samples of each lot, together with a release protocol showing a summary of the history of manufacture of the lot and the results of all of the manufacturer’s tests performed on the lot, to the FDA. The FDA may perform certain confirmatory tests on lots of some products before releasing the lots for distribution. Finally, the FDA will conduct laboratory research related to the safety, purity, potency and effectiveness of pharmaceutical products.
Once an approval is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory requirements is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:
| ● |
restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls; |
| ● |
fines, warning letters, untitled letters, Form 483s or holds on post-approval clinical trials; |
| ● |
refusal of the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications, or suspension or revocation of product license approvals; |
| ● |
product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or |
| ● |
injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties. |
The FDA strictly regulates the marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of prescription drug products placed on the market. This regulation includes, among other things, standards and regulations for direct-to-consumer advertising, communications regarding unapproved uses, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities, and promotional activities involving the Internet and social media. Promotional claims about a drug’s safety or effectiveness are prohibited before the drug is approved. After approval, a drug product generally may not be promoted for uses that are not approved by the FDA, as reflected in the product’s prescribing information. In the United States, health care professionals are generally permitted to prescribe drugs for such uses not described in the drug’s labeling, known as off-label uses, because the FDA does not regulate the practice of medicine. However, FDA regulations impose rigorous restrictions on manufacturers’ communications, prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses. It may be permissible, under very specific, narrow conditions, for a manufacturer to engage in non-promotional, non-misleading communication regarding off-label information, such as distributing scientific or medical journal information.
If a company is found to have promoted off-label uses, it may become subject to adverse public relations and administrative and judicial enforcement by the FDA, the Department of Justice, or the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services, as well as state authorities. This could subject a company to a range of penalties that could have a significant commercial impact, including civil and criminal fines and agreements that materially restrict the manner in which a company promotes or distributes drug products. The federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion, and has also requested that companies enter into consent decrees or permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed.
In addition, the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical products is subject to the Prescription Drug Marketing Act (“PDMA”) and its implementing regulations, as well as the Drug Supply Chain Security Act (“DSCA”), which regulate the distribution and tracing of prescription drug samples at the federal level, and set minimum standards for the regulation of distributors by the states. The PDMA, its implementing regulations and state laws limit the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical product samples, and the DSCA imposes requirements to ensure accountability in distribution and to identify and remove counterfeit and other illegitimate products from the market.
Animal Rule
In 2002, the FDA amended its requirements applicable to BLAs/NDAs to permit the approval of certain drugs and biologics that are intended to reduce or prevent serious or life-threatening conditions based on evidence of safety from clinical trial(s) in healthy subjects and effectiveness from appropriate animal studies when human efficacy studies are not ethical or feasible. These regulations, which are known as the “Animal Rule,” authorize the FDA to rely on animal studies to provide evidence of a product’s effectiveness under circumstances where there is a reasonably well-understood mechanism for the activity of the agent. Under these requirements, and with the FDA’s prior agreement, drugs used to reduce or prevent the toxicity of chemical, biological, radiological, or nuclear substances may be approved for use in humans based on evidence of effectiveness derived from appropriate animal studies and any additional supporting data. Products evaluated under this rule must demonstrate effectiveness through pivotal animal studies, which are generally equivalent in design and robustness to Phase 3 clinical studies.
We intend to utilize the Animal Rule in seeking marketing approval for Entolimod as a medical radiation countermeasure because we cannot ethically expose humans to lethal doses of radiation. Other countries may not at this time have established criteria for review and approval of these types of products outside their normal review process, i.e. there is no “Animal Rule” equivalent in countries other than the U.S., but some may have similar policy objectives in place for these product candidates.
Public Readiness and Emergency Preparedness Act
The Public Readiness and Emergency Preparedness Act (the “PREP Act”) provides immunity for manufacturers from all claims under state or federal law for “loss” arising out of the administration or use of a “covered countermeasure.” However, injured persons may still bring a suit for “willful misconduct” against the manufacturer under some circumstances. “Covered countermeasures” include security countermeasures and “qualified pandemic or epidemic products,” including products intended to diagnose or treat pandemic or epidemic disease, such as pandemic vaccines, as well as treatments intended to address conditions caused by such products.
Orphan Drug
Under the U.S. Orphan Drug Act, as amended by the FDA Reauthorization Act of 2017, the FDA may grant orphan drug designation to drugs or biologics intended to treat a “rare disease or condition,” which is defined as having a prevalence of less than 200,000 individuals in the United States. The FDA is currently implementing a modernization plan which may include new requirements or procedures that could impact the success of an orphan drug designation request. In certain circumstances, a sponsor may need to demonstrate that the product is clinically superior to a previously approved drug in order to obtain orphan drug status, and the FDA may issue regulations to implement this requirement. Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting a BLA for the product. The FDA aims to respond to all orphan drug designation requests within 90 days of submission. Orphan drug designation does not shorten the regulatory review and approval process, nor does it provide any advantage in the regulatory review and approval process. However, if an orphan drug later receives approval for the indication for which it has designation, the relevant regulatory authority may not approve any other applications to market the same drug for the same indication, except in very limited circumstances, for seven years in the United States.
Fast Track Designation
Fast Track is an FDA process designed to facilitate the development and expedite the review of new drugs and vaccines intended to treat serious conditions and fill an unmet medical need.
Criteria for Designation
To receive Fast Track designation, a drug must show the potential to address an unmet medical need for a serious condition. This is defined as:
| ● |
Serious Condition: A disease or condition associated with morbidity that has a substantial impact on day-to-day functioning. |
| ● |
Unmet Medical Need: Providing a therapy where none exists or providing a therapy which may be potentially better than available therapy. |
Key Strategic Benefits
For a company, obtaining Fast Track designation provides several significant advantages in the development timeline:
| ● |
Frequent Communication: More frequent meetings and written communication with the FDA to discuss the drug's development plan and ensure collection of appropriate data needed to support drug approval. |
| ● |
Rolling Review: The ability to submit completed sections of a Biologic License Application (BLA) or New Drug Application (NDA) for review by the FDA, rather than waiting until every section of the application is completed before the entire application can be reviewed. |
| ● |
Eligibility for Priority Review: If relevant criteria are met, the drug may be eligible for Priority Review, which shortens the FDA review goal from 10 months to 6 months. |
| ● |
Eligibility for Accelerated Approval: If relevant criteria are met, the drug may be eligible for approval based on a surrogate endpoint. |
Hatch-Waxman Act Patent Certification and the 30-Month Stay
Upon approval of a BLA or a supplement thereto, BLA sponsors are required to list with the FDA each patent with claims that cover the applicant’s product or an approved method of using the product. Each of the patents listed by the BLA sponsor is published in the Orange Book. When a biosimilar applicant files its application with the FDA, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the reference product in the Orange Book, except for patents covering methods of use for which the biosimilar applicant is not seeking approval. To the extent that the Section 505(b)(2) applicant is relying on studies conducted for an already approved product, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the Orange Book to the same extent that a biosimilar applicant would. Specifically, the applicant must certify with respect to each patent that:
| ● |
The required patent information has not been filed; |
| ● |
The listed patent has expired; |
| ● |
The listed patent has not expired, but will expire on a particular date and approval is sought after patent expiration; or |
| ● |
Tthe listed patent is invalid, is unenforceable or will not be infringed by the new product. |
A certification that the new product will not infringe the already approved product’s listed patents or that such patents are invalid or unenforceable is called a Paragraph IV certification. If the applicant does not challenge the listed patents or indicates that it is not seeking approval of a patented method of use, the application will not be approved until all of the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired (other than method of use patents involving indications for which the applicant is not seeking approval).
If the biosimilar applicant has provided a Paragraph IV certification to the FDA, the applicant must also send notice of the Paragraph IV certification to the BLA and patent holders once the biosimilar has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The BLA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit in response to the notice of the Paragraph IV certification. The filing of a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days after the receipt of a Paragraph IV certification automatically prevents the FDA from approving the biosimilar until the earliest of 30 months after the receipt of the Paragraph IV notice, expiration of the patent and a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the biosimilar applicant.
To the extent that the Section 505(b)(2) applicant is relying on studies conducted for an already approved product, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the Orange Book to the same extent that a biosimilar applicant would. As a result, approval of a biologic can be stalled until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired, until any non-patent exclusivity, such as exclusivity for obtaining approval of an NCE, listed in the Orange Book for the referenced product has expired, and, in the case of a Paragraph IV certification and subsequent patent infringement suit, until the earliest of 30 months, settlement of the lawsuit and a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the Section 505(b)(2) applicant.
Pediatric Studies and Exclusivity
Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003, a BLA or supplement thereto must contain data that are adequate to assess the safety and effectiveness of the product for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations, and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. Sponsors must also submit pediatric study plans prior to submitting the assessment data. Those plans must contain an outline of the proposed pediatric study or studies the applicant plans to conduct, including study objectives and design, any deferral or waiver requests and other information required by regulation. The applicant, the FDA and the FDA’s internal review committee must then review the information submitted, consult with each other and agree upon a final plan. The FDA or the applicant may request an amendment to the plan at any time. In addition, certain products that have received orphan drug designation are exempt from the requirements of the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003.
The FDA Reauthorization Act of 2017 established requirements governing certain molecularly targeted cancer indications. Any company that submits a BLA three years after the date of enactment of that statute must submit pediatric assessments with the BLA if the drug is intended for the treatment of an adult cancer and is directed at a molecular target that the FDA determines to be substantially relevant to the growth or progression of a pediatric cancer. The investigation must be designed to yield clinically meaningful pediatric study data regarding the dosing, safety and preliminary efficacy to inform pediatric labeling for the product.
Pediatric exclusivity is another type of non-patent marketing exclusivity in the United States and, if granted, provides for the attachment of an additional six months of marketing protection to the term of any existing regulatory exclusivity. This six-month exclusivity may be granted if a BLA sponsor submits pediatric data that fairly respond to a written request from the FDA for such data.
Government Regulation - Other
Privacy and security
The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”), and their implementing regulations, imposes privacy, security and breach reporting obligations with respect to individually identifiable health information upon “covered entities” (health care providers, health plans and health care clearinghouses), and their respective business associates, individuals or entities that create, received, maintain or transmit protected health information in connection with providing a service for or on behalf of a covered entity.
Even when HIPAA does not apply, according to the FTC, failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure constitutes unfair acts or practices in or affecting commerce in violation of Section 5(a) of the Federal Trade Commission Act. The FTC expects a company’s data security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume of consumer information it holds, the size and complexity of its business, and the cost of available tools to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities. Individually identifiable health information is considered sensitive data that merits stronger safeguards.
In addition, certain states and non-U.S. laws, such as the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, some of which are more stringent than HIPAA and many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts. Failure to comply with these laws, where applicable, can result in the imposition of significant civil and/or criminal penalties and private litigation. For example, California recently enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act (the “CCPA”), which took effect on January 1, 2020, and was amended and expanded by the California Privacy Rights Act (the “CPRA”), which took effect on January 1, 2023. The CCPA, as amended by the CPRA, among other things, creates new data privacy obligations for covered companies and provides new privacy rights to California residents, including the right to opt out of certain disclosures of their information and the right to access information about how their data is being used.
Environmental Matters
Our operations, properties and products are subject to a variety of U.S. and foreign environmental laws and regulations governing, among other things, use of manufacturing components containing substances below established threshold, air emissions, wastewater discharges, management and disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous materials and waste and remediation of releases of hazardous materials. We believe, based on current information, that we are in material compliance with environmental laws and regulations applicable to us and rely heavily on our outsourced design and manufacturing partners to assist in maintaining compliance.
Facilities
Our principal executive office is located at 1305 E. Houston St., Building 1, Suite 311, San Antonio, Texas 78205.
Microbial Building Lease
On March 13, 2026, VBI entered into a Building Lease Agreement (the “Microbial Building Lease”) with TPB Merchants Ice LLC (“TPB”) to lease an approximately 8,024 square foot facility (the “Microbial Building”) located at 1305 E. Houston St., San Antonio, TX 78205 (the “Property”). The initial term of the Microbial Building Lease is eight years, unless earlier terminated by the parties pursuant to the terms thereof. VBI has (i) a one-time option to extend the lease term for an additional period of five years and (ii) the exclusive option to purchase the Microbial Building and the Property from TPB at any time during the first 24 months of the initial term for $12.5 million. In exchange for leasing the premises, VBI shall pay TPB a monthly base rent of approximately $22,605 for the first twelve months, or a total of $271,260, with annual dollar increases in later years of the lease term. The aggregate base rent over the eight-year lease term is approximately $5.34 million. The Microbial Building Lease provides that VBI will pay additional expenses to TPB related to VBI’s share of operating expenses, taxes and utilities related to the premises using ratable percentages set forth in the Microbial Building Lease.
Mammalian Building Lease
On March 9, 2026, VBI entered into a Lease (the “Mammalian Building Lease”) with Merchants Ice II, LLC (“Merchants Ice II”) to lease an approximately 20,144 square foot facility located at the Property. The term of the Mammalian Building Lease is 102 months, effective January 1, 2026, unless earlier terminated by the parties pursuant to the terms thereof. In exchange for leasing the premises, VBI shall pay Merchants Ice II a monthly base rent of $55,030 for the first twelve months, or a total of $660,357, with annual increases of approximately 3.0%. The aggregate base rent over the lease term is approximately $6.29 million. The Mammalian Building Lease provides that VBI will pay additional expenses to TPB related to VBI’s share of operating expenses, taxes and utilities related to the premises using ratable percentages set forth in the Mammalian Building Lease.
Office Sublease
On March 13, 2026, VBI entered into a Sublease (the “Office Sublease” and together with the Microbial Building Lease and the Mammalian Building Lease, the “Facility Leases”) with Texas Research and Technology Foundation (“TRTF”) to sublease approximately 8,122 square feet of office space located at the Property, which Office Sublease was consented to by TPB, as landlord of the leased premises, and is subject to the terms of that certain Office Lease Agreement, dated June 1, 2024, by and between TRTF and TPB. The term of the Office Sublease is 102 months, unless earlier terminated by the parties pursuant to the terms of the Office Sublease. This office will serve as the new principal executive office of the Company. In exchange for subleasing the premises, VBI shall pay TRTF a monthly base rent of $30,436, with annual increases of approximately 3.0%. The aggregate base rent over the lease term is approximately $3.9 million. The Office Sublease provides that VBI will pay additional expenses to TPB related to VBI’s share of operating expenses, taxes and utilities related to the premises using ratable percentages set forth in the Office Sublease.
Human Capital Resources
As of December 31, 2025, we had 52 full-time employees. None of our employees are represented by a labor union, and we consider our employee relations to be good. Our human capital resources objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating our existing and additional employees. The principal purposes of our equity incentive plans are to attract, retain and motivate selected employees, consultants and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards and cash-based performance bonus awards.
Legal Proceedings
We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. We may, however, in the ordinary course of business face various claims brought by third parties, and we may, from time to time, make claims or take legal actions to assert our rights, including intellectual property rights as well as claims relating to employment matters and the safety or efficacy of our products. Any of these claims could subject us to costly litigation. If this were to happen, the payment of any such awards could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, any such claims, whether or not successful, could damage our reputation and business.
Corporate Information
The Company was incorporated in California in September 2016 and reincorporated as a Delaware corporation in June 2021. Our principal executive offices are located at 1305 E. Houston Street, Building 1, Suite 311, San Antonio, Texas 78205. Our telephone number is (888) 276-6888. Our website address is www.tivichealth.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessible through, our website is not a part of this Report and the inclusion of our website address in this Report is an inactive textual reference only.
You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this Report, including our financial statements and the related notes and the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before investing in our securities. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could harm our business, financial condition, operating results, and/or growth prospects. The risks described below are not the only ones facing us. Our business is also subject to the risks that affect many other companies, such as competition, labor relations, general economic conditions, geopolitical changes, and international operations. We operate in a rapidly changing environment that involves a number of risks, some of which are beyond our control. Additional risks not currently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial also may impair our business operations and our liquidity. The risks described below could cause our actual results to differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements we have made in this Report, the information incorporated herein by reference, and those forward-looking statements we may make from time to time. You should understand that it is not possible to predict or identify all such factors. Consequently, you should not consider the following to be a complete discussion of all potential risks or uncertainties.
Risk Factor Summary
Below is a summary of the principal factors that make an investment in our securities speculative or risky. This summary does not address all of the risks that we face. Additional discussion of the risks summarized in this risk factor summary, and other risks that we face, can be found below and should be carefully considered, together with other information included in this Report.
| ● |
We have a relatively limited operating history and may not be able to execute on our business strategy. |
| ● |
Our cash and financial resources may be insufficient to meet our anticipated needs for the next twelve months, which raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. |
| ● |
Our operating results may be volatile and may not be a reliable indicator of our future performance. |
| ● |
If we fail to manage our growth effectively, including with respect to our in-licensed products from Statera or potential licenses from or acquisitions of other companies, our business could be materially and adversely affected. |
| ● |
We have a history of net losses, and we may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future. |
| ● |
We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting associated with staffing levels, which is common for the stage and size of the Company. |
| ● |
We expect that we will need additional capital, which, if obtainable, could dilute the ownership interest of investors. |
| ● |
Cash expenditures associated with our in-license from Statera and operating as a CDMO may create liquidity and cash flow risks for us. |
|
|
|
||
| ● | Our potential CDMO revenues are subject to significant risks from customer insolvency, funding constraints and the failure of customer programs to advance through clinical development. |
| ● |
Our business plan depends heavily on product revenues from our core technology and in-licensed pharmaceutical products, the clinical and consumer acceptance of which is at this time unproven. |
| ● |
We have licensed biopharmaceutical products, a category in which we have limited to no prior experience. We may not be able to effectively integrate licensed or acquired technology into our operations. |
| ● |
Disruptions at the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities caused by government shutdowns, funding shortages, staffing limitations or global health concerns could negatively impact our business. |
| ● |
Economic uncertainty and capital markets disruption, which have been significantly impacted by geopolitical instability, could harm our financial condition and results of operations. |
| ● |
Changes in the relations of the United States with other countries, and China in particular, regulations and/or international trade disputes or supply chain disruptions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. |
| ● |
We rely on third-party service providers to manage our information systems which may not adequately protect the Company; additionally, cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents could adversely affect us. |
| ● |
We depend on our senior management team, and the loss of one or more key personnel or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled personnel may impair our ability to grow our business. |
| ● |
Our markets are undergoing continuous change, and our future success will depend on our ability to meet the changing needs of our customers. |
| ● |
Developing medical technology and biopharmaceutical products entails significant technical, regulatory and business risks. |
| ● |
The size and expected growth of our available market have not been established with precision and may be smaller than we estimate. |
| ● |
Our insurance may not adequately cover our operating risk or litigation exposure. |
| ● |
Our business could be disrupted by catastrophic occurrences and similar events. |
| ● |
Changes in the regulatory landscape for our products and product candidates could render our business model contrary to applicable regulatory requirements, and we may be required to seek additional clearance or approval for our products. Additionally, we have relied on guidance documents from the FDA to make determinations about the regulatory pathway for future products, which may be interpreted to a different effect by the FDA. |
| ● |
We are subject to consumer protection laws that regulate our marketing practices and prohibit unfair or deceptive acts or practices. |
| ● |
We may not be able to obtain regulatory approval in a timely manner or at all and the results of future clinical trials and pivotal efficacy studies may not be favorable. |
| ● |
Compensatory arrangements with our scientific advisors or consultants could result in increased regulatory scrutiny and ultimately lead to the delay or denial of marketing approval for our product candidates. |
| ● |
We may not be able to obtain fast track designation, breakthrough therapy designation or other expedited pathways for FDA approval of our product candidates, and even if we do, may not actually lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process. |
| ● |
We are highly dependent on our intellectual property (“IP”) and our methods of protecting our IP may not be adequate or could be costly. In addition, we may face risks of claims for IP infringement. We may be unable to enforce our IP rights throughout the world. |
| ● |
Our stock price has fluctuated significantly since our initial public offering (“IPO”), and may continue to fluctuate significantly, and investors may not be able to resell the securities that they purchase at or above the price at which they purchased them. |
| ● |
We do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. |
| ● |
Future issuances of stock or other securities could dilute the holdings of our stockholders and could materially affect the price of our common stock. |
| ● |
If we are unable to comply with the continued listing requirements of the Nasdaq Capital Market, our common stock could be delisted, which could affect our common stock's market price and liquidity and reduce our ability to raise capital. |
| ● |
We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company,” and the reduced public company reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors. |
| ● |
If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, and the market price of our common stock may decline. |
| ● |
If our operating and financial performance in any given period does not meet any guidance that we provide to the public, the market price of our common stock may decline. |
Risks Related to Our Financial Condition and Business Model
We have a relatively limited operating history and may not be able to execute on our business strategy.
We were originally incorporated in 2016 and began selling our first product in 2019. Additionally, we entered into a license agreement with Statera in February 2025, pursuant to which we acquired a worldwide exclusive license rights from Statera to the late-stage TLR5 agonist Entolimod for the treatment of acute radiation syndrome. In December 2025, we acquired the assets of Scorpius and began operating as a contract development and manufacturing organization (CDMO). Prior to obtaining the license from Statera, the Company had no experience in the development of biopharmaceuticals. We also have no history operating as a contract development and manufacturing organization. Accordingly, we have a limited operating history, which makes an evaluation of our future prospects and execution ability difficult. Our revenue and income-producing potential is unproven, and our business model and strategy may continue to evolve. Future revenues are contingent upon several factors, including, without limitation, our ability to successfully develop our product candidates, scale up our CDMO, scale-up sales of our TLR5 products that we may develop and commercialize in the future, our ability to develop relationships with channel partners and customers, as well as the clinical and market acceptance of our technology. We may need to make business decisions that could adversely affect our operating results, such as modifications to our pricing strategy, research and development strategy, business structure or operations.
Our cash and financial resources may be insufficient to meet our anticipated needs for the next twelve months, which raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
Because we have incurred operating losses since inception, and based on our current cash levels and burn rate, amongst other things, we believe our cash and financial resources may be insufficient to meet our anticipated needs for the next twelve months, which raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the issuance date of the financial statements included elsewhere in this Report. These losses are expected to continue for at least a period of time. The financial statements included elsewhere in this Report have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of asset amounts or the classification of liabilities that might be necessary should we be unable to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are issued.
Our ability to obtain additional financing will depend on a number of factors, including, among others, the condition of the capital markets and the other risks described in these risk factors. If any one of these factors is unfavorable, we may not be able to obtain additional funding, in which case, our business could be jeopardized, and we may not be able to continue our operations or pursue our strategic plans. If we are forced to scale down, limit or cease operations, our shareholders could lose all or part of their investment in our Company.
Our operating results will likely be volatile and may not be a reliable indicator of our future performance.
Our future expenses, revenues and operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter due to a number of factors, including, without limitation:
| ● |
strategic transactions and acquisitions that we may enter into from time to time, including the license that we acquired from Statera in February 2025 and any other indications that we may choose to license from Statera in the future under the License Agreement, including our obligations related thereto; |
| ● |
receptiveness of the market to a fundamentally new way of treating target conditions; |
| ● |
intrinsic variability in spending patterns associated with the conduct of clinical trials; |
| ● |
disruptions to the global supply chain and inflationary pressures; |
| ● |
fluctuations in demand for our technology, including seasonal variations; and |
| ● |
delays in introducing new technology to market, including product design, manufacturing, marketing cycles, sales and distribution related delays. |
We expect that our revenues may be volatile as we develop new technology and product candidates and obtain new customers in the future.
If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business could be materially and adversely affected.
We will not be successful unless we are able to generate additional revenues and grow our business, which will likely require us to hire additional employees and expand our technology, product, development and sales and marketing teams in order to achieve our business plan. Our management systems are emergent. The continued growth of our business may place demands on our management, financial, operational, technological and other resources, and we expect that our growth will require us to continue developing and improving our operational, financial and other internal controls. We may not be able to address these challenges in a cost-effective manner, or at all. If we do not effectively manage our growth, we may not be able to execute on our business plan, respond to competitive pressures, take advantage of market opportunities, satisfy customer requirements or maintain high-quality product offerings, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We have a history of net losses, and we may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.
We have incurred net losses since inception. For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, we incurred net losses of $8.9 million and $5.7 million, respectively, and on December 31, 2025, we had working capital of $12.4 million and an accumulated deficit of $52.6 million. During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, we used $7.0 million and $5.7 million of cash, respectively, for operating activities. The net losses we incur may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and may increase as a result of macroeconomic factors. Additionally, future costs relating to product development and operating activities, including as a result of our obligations under the License Agreement entered into with Statera and our entry to the CDMO business, may be significantly higher than our historical costs.
Management expects to incur substantial additional operating losses for the foreseeable future to expand our markets, complete development of new products, obtain regulatory approvals, launch and commercialize our products and continue research and development programs.
Our future capital requirements will depend upon many factors, including, without limitation, progress with developing, manufacturing and marketing our technologies and product candidates; the time and costs involved in obtaining regulatory approvals for our product candidates; the time and costs involved in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining and enforcing patent claims and other proprietary rights; our ability to successfully execute our strategy to expand our business, including through the closing of potential acquisitions or licenses and integrating new business into our own; our ability to establish collaborative arrangements; marketing activities; and competing technological and market developments. Our ability to generate revenue and achieve profitability requires us to successfully market and secure purchase orders for our products and services from customers currently identified in our sales pipeline as well as new customers. We will also be required to efficiently manufacture and deliver equipment on those purchase orders. These activities, including our planned research and development efforts, will require significant uses of working capital. There can be no assurance that we will generate revenue and cash as expected in our current business plan. We expect that we will need to raise additional capital to continue operating our business and fund our planned operations, including to execute on our strategy to expand our business, research and development, clinical trials and, if regulatory approval is obtained, commercialization of future product candidates. We may seek additional funds through equity or debt offerings and/or borrowings under notes payable, lines of credit or other sources. We do not know whether additional financing will be available on commercially acceptable terms, or at all, when needed. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on commercially acceptable terms, our ability to fund our operations, support the growth of our business or otherwise respond to competitive pressures could be significantly delayed or limited, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial conditions, or results of operations.
Our long-term success is dependent upon our ability to successfully develop, commercialize and market our products, earn revenue, obtain additional capital when needed and, ultimately, to achieve profitable operations. We will need to generate significant additional revenue to achieve profitability. Future products may require substantially higher levels of investment than initial products, including investments in research, development, regulatory and/or marketing and sales. It is possible that we will not achieve profitability or that, even if we do achieve profitability, we may not maintain or increase profitability in the future. Our failure to achieve or maintain profitability could negatively impact the value of our securities.
We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting associated with staffing levels, which is common for the stage and size of the Company.
In connection with the audit of our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Due to the small size of our accounting and financial reporting team, as well as recent staff turnover, even with processes and procedures in place to mitigate the risk of a material misstatement, we believe that there is still a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. If we are unable to remedy our material weakness, or if we generally fail to establish and maintain effective internal controls appropriate for a public company, we may be unable to produce timely and accurate financial statements, and we may continue to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, which could adversely impact our investors’ confidence and our stock price.
We expect that we will need additional capital, which, if obtainable, could dilute the ownership interest of investors.
We anticipate we will need additional capital to market our products, develop additional products and fund our operations, which we may raise through the sale and issuance of equity, equity-related or convertible debt, or other securities. Our future capital requirements depend on many factors, including our need to market our products, acquire or develop additional products and fund our operations. We cannot be certain that additional financing will be available to us on acceptable terms when required, or at all.
If we issue additional equity securities or securities convertible into equity securities, our existing stockholders will be subject to dilution. Additionally, sales of substantial amounts of our equity securities could have an adverse effect on the value of our equity and our ability to raise additional capital through future capital increases.
Cash expenditures associated with our in-license from Statera may create liquidity and cash flow risks for us.
We incurred significant transaction costs and expect to incur integration costs in connection with our in-license of rights to certain products from Statera. While we expected that the transactions costs would be incurred, there are many factors beyond our control that could affect the total amount of the integration expenses associated with the license. Moreover, many of the expenses that will be incurred are, by their nature, difficult to estimate accurately. In addition to integration-related expenses that we will incur, pursuant to the License Agreement, we are obligated to develop and commercialize the licensed products, at our own cost and expense, to make payments to Statera upon achievement of certain milestones, and to make certain royalty payments. To the extent the integration and/or development and commercialization expenses are higher than anticipated, we may experience liquidity or cash flow issues.
Our business plan depends heavily on revenues from our in-licensed pharmaceutical products, the clinical acceptance of which is unproven at this time.
Our future growth depends on the commercial success of our products and product candidates. It is not certain that our product candidates will be successfully developed and pass regulations required for commercial sale. Our target customers may not see the value in choosing our product over competitive products. If our target customers do not purchase our products, our future growth will be limited. Further, our resources and investments may not be adequate to achieve the targeted level of manufacturing and sales set out in our business plan.
We have licensed biopharmaceutical assets, a category in which we have limited to no prior experience. We may not be able to effectively integrate licensed or acquired assets into our operations (including regulatory, quality, product development, marketing and manufacturing operations).
We have historically operated solely as a medical device company. During 2025, we have in-licensed exclusive rights to late-stage biopharmaceutical products from Statera that will require us to operate in, among others, regulatory, quality, product development, manufacturing and marketing environments with which we have limited experience. While we have hired experienced staff to support this new dimension of the business, we may not be able to successfully create or integrate new capabilities into our overall business. This may ultimately limit or substantively damage our ability to capitalize on the licensed assets.
The wind down of our ClearUP business may adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial performance, and reputation.
On November 12, 2025, after considering all reasonably available options and a broader strategic reassessment, our board of directors approved the wind down of our ClearUP business, which we substantially completed at the end of fiscal year 2025. In connection with the wind down of the ClearUP business, we incurred approximately $347 thousand in charges during the year ended December 31, 2025, and expect to incur additional related expenditures in the range of approximately $20 thousand to $50 thousand in 2026. Additionally, as a result of our exit from the consumer health business, we expect to generate minimal to no revenue until such time that we are able to obtain regulatory approval of and commercialize our other product candidates.
The estimates of the charges and costs that we expect to incur, and the timing thereof, are subject to a number of assumptions and actual results may differ materially from those described above due to various factors, many of which are outside of our control. In addition, we may incur other charges or cash expenditures not currently contemplated due to unanticipated events that may occur as a result of or in connection with the wind down of our commercial health business.
In addition, because of uncertainties with respect to our wind down plan (including those described above), we may not be able to realize the anticipated benefits of the wind down, or any benefits at all, or complete the wind down in the timeframe, on the terms or in the manner we expect, and the costs incurred in connection with such wind down activities may exceed our estimates. If the time to complete the wind down takes longer than expected, if we effect the wind down on terms or in a manner less favorable to us than currently anticipated, or if the actual costs or other non-cash charges exceed our estimates, then our business, operational results, financial position, and cash flows could be adversely affected.
Disruptions at the FDA SEC, other U.S. government agencies and foreign regulatory authorities caused by funding shortages, staffing limitations or global health concerns could hinder their ability to hire, retain or deploy key leadership and other personnel, prevent new or modified products from being developed, approved or commercialized in a timely manner or at all, or otherwise prevent those agencies from performing normal business functions on which the operations of our business may rely and which could negatively impact our business.
The ability of the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities to review or approve new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, statutory, regulatory, and policy changes, the FDA’s or foreign regulatory authorities’ ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, and other events that may otherwise affect the FDA’s or foreign regulatory authorities’ ability to perform routine functions including a rapid substantial influx of applications from numerous sponsors, as occurred with COVID-19. Average review times at the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of other government agencies that fund research and development activities is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable.
For example, in recent years, the U.S. government has shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA, have had to furlough critical FDA employees and stop critical activities and, recently, the current administration has been implementing significant budget cuts, eliminating grant programs and terminating employees throughout many different sectors of the federal government. Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new drugs to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. Since the start of the last fiscal year, the U.S. government has shut down from October 1, 2025 through November 12, 2025, and from January 31, 2026 through February 3, 2026. Government shutdowns, if prolonged, could significantly impact the ability of government agencies upon which we rely (such as the FDA and SEC) to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may slow the time necessary for product candidates to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Further, future government shutdowns could impact our ability to access the public markets and obtain necessary capital in order to properly capitalize and continue our operations. A future shutdown of the U.S. federal government could materially impact the operations of the SEC. For example, the SEC announced that during the fall 2025 U.S. federal government shutdown, it would not review or declare registration statements effective, which resulted in capital raising delays for many private and public companies.
We are currently operating in a period of economic uncertainty and capital markets disruption, which has been significantly impacted by geopolitical instability and the ongoing military conflicts between Russia and Ukraine and Israel, Hamas and Iran. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any negative impact on the global economy and capital markets resulting from the conflict in Ukraine and the Middle East and/or geopolitical tensions.
U.S. and global markets are experiencing volatility and disruption, and the global economy has been, and may continue to be, negatively impacted by Russia’s ongoing military conflict with Ukraine. As a result of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine in February 2022, the U.S., the European Union, the United Kingdom, other G7 countries, as well as various other countries, have imposed substantial financial and economic sanctions on certain industry sectors and parties in Russia. Broad restrictions on exports to Russia have also been imposed. These measures include: (i) comprehensive financial sanctions against major Russian banks; (ii) additional designations of Russian individuals with significant business interests and government connections; (iii) designations of individuals and entities involved in Russian military activities; and (iv) enhanced export controls and trade sanctions limiting Russia’s ability to import various goods. Russian military actions and the resulting sanctions could continue to adversely affect the global economy and financial markets and lead to instability and lack of liquidity in capital markets, potentially making it more difficult for us to obtain additional funds.
In October 2023, Hamas militants and members of certain other organizations infiltrated Israel’s southern border from the Gaza Strip and conducted a series of attacks on civilian and military targets. Shortly thereafter, Israel’s security cabinet declared war against Hamas and launched an aerial bombardment of various targets within the Gaza Strip. As a result of the ongoing conflict, tensions between the U.S. and Iran have increased and it is possible that other countries and/or regional organizations will join the hostilities as well, including without limitation Hezbollah in Lebanon, and Palestinian military organizations in the West Bank, resulting in further expansion of the conflict. The conflict between Israel and Hamas is ongoing, and the length and impact of the ongoing military conflict is highly unpredictable.
Although our business has not been materially impacted by the ongoing military conflicts between Russia and Ukraine or in the Middle East, geopolitical tensions, or record inflation to date, it is impossible to predict the extent to which our operations, or those of our suppliers and manufacturers, will be impacted in the short and long term, or the ways in which the conflict may impact our business. The extent and duration of the conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East, geopolitical tensions, record inflation, sanctions and resulting market disruptions are impossible to predict, but could be substantial. Any such disruptions may also magnify the impact of other risks described herein.
International trade disputes, including those with China, could result in tariffs and other protectionist measures that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and our ability to raise capital and the market price of our shares.
In recent years, including after the most recent presidential election, the U.S has instituted or proposed changes in trade policies that include the negotiation or termination of trade agreements, the imposition of higher tariffs on imports into the U.S., economic sanctions on individuals, corporations or countries, and other government regulations affecting trade between the U.S. and other countries where we conduct our business, in particular China, Mexico and Canada. A number of other nations have proposed or instituted similar measures directed at trade with the United States in response. As a result of these developments, there may be greater restrictions and economic disincentives on international trade that could adversely affect our business. As additional trade-related policies are instituted, we may need to modify our business operations to comply and adapt to such developments, which may be time-consuming and expensive. If any new legislation, executive orders, tariffs, laws and/or regulations are implemented, if existing trade agreements are renegotiated or if affected foreign governments take retaliatory actions, such changes could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, our ability to raise capital and the market price of our shares.
For example, the U.S. government, including the SEC, has made statements and taken certain actions that led to changes to U.S. and international relations, and will impact companies with connections to the United States or China, including imposing several rounds of tariffs affecting certain products manufactured in China, imposing certain sanctions and restrictions in relation to China and issuing statements indicating enhanced review of companies with significant China-based operations. It is unknown whether and to what extent new legislation, executive orders, tariffs, laws or regulations will be adopted, or the effect that any such actions would have on companies with significant connections to the U.S. or to China, our industry or on us. Any unfavorable government policies on cross-border relations and/or international trade, including increased scrutiny on companies with significant China-based operations, capital controls or tariffs, may affect our ability to raise capital and the market price of our shares. Any additional executive action, legislative action or potential sanctions with China could materially impact our current manufacturing partners and our agreements with them.
Cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents, as well as other significant disruptions of our information technology networks and related systems and resources, could adversely affect our business, disrupt operations and expose us to liabilities to employees, customers, governmental regulators, and other third parties.
We use information technology and other computer resources to carry out important operational activities and to maintain our business records. As part of our normal business activities, we permit certain employees to perform some or all of their business activities remotely, we collect and store certain personal identifying and/or confidential information relating to our employees, customers, vendors and suppliers, and we maintain operational and financial information related to our business. Furthermore, we rely on products and services provided by third-party suppliers to operate certain critical business systems, including without limitation, cloud-based infrastructure, encryption and authentication technology, email, and other functions, which exposes us to supply-chain attacks or other business disruptions.
We face risks associated with security breaches through cyber-attacks or cyber-intrusions, malware, computer viruses and malicious codes, ransomware, attachments to e-mail, unauthorized access attempts, denial of service attacks, phishing, social engineering, persons with access to systems inside our organization, and other significant disruptions of our information technology networks and related systems. The risk of a security breach has generally increased as the frequency, intensity and sophistication of attempted attacks and intrusions from around the world have increased. Even the most well protected information, networks, systems and facilities remain potentially vulnerable because the techniques, tools and tactics used in such attempted security breaches evolve and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, and in some cases are designed to not be detected and, in fact, may not be detected. Accordingly, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate security barriers, disaster recovery or other preventative or corrective measures, and thus it is impossible for us to entirely counteract this risk or fully mitigate the harms after such an attack.
We have implemented certain systems and processes intended to address ongoing and evolving cybersecurity risks, secure our information technology, applications and computer systems, and prevent unauthorized access to or loss of sensitive, confidential and personal data. Although we and our service providers employ what we believe are adequate security, disaster recovery and other preventative and corrective measures, our security measures, taken as a whole, may not be sufficient for all possible situations and may be vulnerable to, among other things, fraud, hacking, employee error, system error, and faulty password management. Additionally, we rely on third-parties for virtually all of our operating infrastructure, who may themselves have standards of materiality of cybersecurity risks that differ from the materiality standards of Tivic itself.
Our ability to conduct our business may be impaired if our or our services providers’ information technology networks, systems or resources, including our and their websites or e-mail systems, are compromised, degraded, damaged or fail, whether due to a virus or other harmful circumstance, fraud, intentional penetration or disruption of our or their information technology resources by:
| ● |
a third party, |
| ● |
natural disaster, |
| ● |
a failure of hardware or software due to a design or programmatic flaw, |
| ● |
a failure of hardware or software security controls, |
| ● |
telecommunications system failure, |
| ● |
service provider error or failure, |
| ● |
fraudulent transactions, |
| ● |
intentional or unintentional personnel actions, |
| ● |
lost connectivity to our networked resources, or |
| ● |
a failure of disaster recovery system. |
A significant and extended disruption could damage our business or reputation and cause, amongst other things, loss of revenues or customer relationships, unintended and/or unauthorized public disclosure or the misappropriation of proprietary, personal identifying and confidential information, and us to incur significant expenses to address and remediate or otherwise resolve these kinds of issues. Our disaster recovery procedures and contingency planning rely heavily on third-party providers and may prove insufficient to fully protect Tivic operations and business interests
The release of confidential information may also lead to litigation or other proceedings against us by affected individuals, business partners and/or regulators, and the outcome of such proceedings, which could include losses, penalties, fines, injunctions, expenses and charges recorded against our earnings and cause us reputational harm and/or could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial position or results of operations.
We depend on our senior management team and the loss of one or more key personnel or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled personnel may impair our ability to grow our business.
Our future success depends heavily upon the continued services of our executive officers and key personnel. The Company is headquartered in San Antonio, Texas, which is an at will employment state. Accordingly, the employment agreements that we have entered into with our executive officers and other key personnel do not require them to continue to work for us for any specified period and, therefore, they may terminate employment with us at any time, for any reason and with no advance notice. The replacement of members of our senior management team or other key personnel would likely involve significant time and costs, and the loss of these employees may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives.
In addition, our ability to recruit and retain talent in all areas of the business, including but not limited to skilled hires in marketing, product development, regulatory, clinical, quality, logistics, and finance, faces significant competition. We may not be able to hire or retain the type and number of managerial, sales and technical personnel necessary for future success. We will need to devote considerable resources to ensure that we retain our employees in the face of a highly competitive market for talented personnel. If we fail to attract and retain the skilled employees required, this could harm our business and hamper future expansion of our business operations.
We may not be able to successfully identify, consummate or integrate licensed assets or acquisitions or to successfully manage the impacts of such transactions on our operations.
Part of our business strategy includes investigating growth through in-licenses of assets, such as our in-license of assets from Statera, and acquisitions. In connection with the license transaction with Statera, we have in-licensed new assets, created a new biopharmaceutical program and brought on new employees to help us develop our TLR5 program. Additionally, we acquired substantively all assets of our manufacturing partner, increasing headcount and operating expense.
In the future, we may further expand our business through additional licenses, including by exercising our option to license additional indications from Statera, or by making strategic acquisitions to enhance our growth. Material in-licenses, acquisitions, dispositions and other strategic transactions involve a number of risks, including: (i) the potential disruption of our ongoing business; (ii) the distraction of management away from the ongoing oversight of our existing business activities; (iii) incurring additional indebtedness; (iv) increases in our capital expenditures; (v) the anticipated benefits and cost savings of those transactions not being realized fully, or at all, or taking longer to realize than anticipated; (vi) an increase in the scope and complexity of our operations; (vii) exposure to unknown liabilities, and (viii) the loss or reduction of control over certain of our assets.
The pursuit of strategic transactions may pose certain risks to us. We may not be able to identify license or acquisition candidates that fit our criteria for growth and profitability. Even if we are able to identify such candidates, we may not be able to acquire them on terms or financing satisfactory to us. We may incur expenses and dedicate attention and resources associated with the review of strategic transaction opportunities, whether or not we consummate such transactions, which may divert management’s attention from our day-to-day business.
Additionally, even if we are able to complete in-licenses or acquisitions on agreeable terms, we may not be able to successfully integrate the licensed or acquired assets and/or their operations with ours. Achieving the anticipated benefits of any transaction will depend in significant part upon whether we integrate such businesses in an efficient and effective manner. We may not be able to achieve the anticipated operating and cost synergies or long-term strategic benefits of our in-licenses or acquisitions within the anticipated timing, or at all. The benefits from any such transactions will be offset by the costs incurred in integrating the businesses and operations. We may also assume liabilities in connection with transactions to which we would not otherwise be exposed. An inability to realize any or all of the anticipated synergies or other benefits of a license or acquisition as well as any delays that may be encountered in the integration process, which may delay the timing of such synergies or other benefits, could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our insurance may not adequately cover our operating risk or litigation exposure.
We have insurance to protect our assets, operations and employees. While we believe our insurance coverage addresses the material risks to which we are exposed and is adequate and customary in our current state of operations, such insurance is subject to coverage limits and exclusions and may not be available for the risks and hazards to which we are exposed. Also, our insurance may be insufficient to cover the costs of any securities-related or other lawsuits or litigation, regardless of the merits of any such lawsuits or litigation. In addition, no assurance can be given that such insurance will be adequate to cover our liabilities or will be generally available in the future or, if available, that premiums will be commercially justifiable or affordable. If we were to incur substantial liability and such damages were not covered by insurance or were in excess of policy limits, or if we were to incur such liability at a time when we are not able to obtain liability insurance, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
We may face risks associated with expanding to international markets.
We may pursue marketing and selling our products internationally, which would likely be primarily done through distribution arrangements and regional licensing. We have limited experience operating outside the United States, and we will likely need to rely heavily on distributors and licensees in the event that we expand internationally. Expansion into international markets may expose us to, among other things, the following additional risks:
| ● |
strain on our managerial resources; |
| ● |
pricing pressure that we may experience internationally; |
| ● |
a shortage of high-quality distributors, and licensees; |
| ● |
competitive disadvantage to competition with established business and customer relationships; |
| ● |
foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations; |
| ● |
the imposition of additional U.S. and foreign governmental controls or regulations; |
| ● |
economic instability; |
| ● |
changes in duties and tariffs, license obligations and other non-tariff barriers to trade; |
| ● |
the imposition of restrictions on the activities of foreign agents, representatives and distributors; |
| ● |
scrutiny of foreign tax authorities which could result in significant fines, penalties and additional taxes being imposed on us; |
| ● |
laws and business practices favoring local companies; |
| ● |
difficulties in maintaining consistency with our internal guidelines; |
| ● |
difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through certain foreign legal systems; |
| ● |
the imposition of costly and lengthy new export licensing requirements; |
| ● |
the imposition of U.S. or international trade restrictions or sanctions against a country, company, person or entity with whom we do business that would restrict or prohibit continued business with the sanctioned country, company, person or entity. |
The size and expected growth of our available market has not been established with precision and may be smaller than we estimate.
Our data on the available market for our products is based on a number of internal and third-party research reports, estimates and assumptions. While we believe that such research, our assumptions and the data underlying our estimates are reasonable, these assumptions and estimates may not be correct. In addition, the statements in this Report relating to expected growth in the market for our products are based on a number of internal and third-party data, estimates and assumptions, and may prove to be inaccurate. If the actual number of patients who would benefit from our products, the price at which we can sell future products or the available market for our products is smaller than we estimate, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Risks related To Our Contract Development and Manufacturing Organization (CDMO) Subsidiary, Velocity Bioworks
Our CDMO business model is unproven and subject to significant execution risk.
Velocity Bioworks was formed in December 2025 following our acquisition of assets from Scorpius and has a limited operating history as a standalone CDMO subsidiary under Tivic. We have not yet generated meaningful revenue from third-party CDMO contracts and cannot guarantee that we will be able to attract or retain external customers at sufficient volume or pricing to achieve profitability. The CDMO services market is highly competitive, and we compete against established organizations with significantly greater financial resources, technical capabilities, infrastructure, and industry relationships. Failure to successfully operate Velocity Bioworks as a commercially viable business could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.
We may be unable to integrate the acquired Scorpius assets and retain the personnel necessary to operate Velocity Bioworks.
The assets acquired from Scorpius, including manufacturing equipment, facilities, and operational know-how, were previously part of a company that experienced significant financial distress, workforce reductions, and operational restructuring prior to our acquisition. We may encounter unforeseen challenges in integrating these assets into Tivic's operating framework, including in establishing quality systems, validating equipment, and achieving CGMP compliance. We hired approximately 45 employees in connection with the acquisition, many of whom are former Scorpius employees. The loss of key technical or manufacturing personnel, or our inability to attract additional qualified personnel, could delay or impair Velocity Bioworks' ability to meet its service commitments and support Entolimod manufacturing timelines.
Our CDMO operations are subject to extensive regulatory oversight, and failures to comply could result in the suspension or loss of our manufacturing authorizations.
Velocity Bioworks' operations are subject to regulation by the FDA under Current Good Manufacturing Practice (CGMP) standards, as well as oversight by other federal, state, and local regulatory authorities. Any failure by Velocity Bioworks to maintain CGMP compliance — including deviations in process controls, documentation failures, contamination events, or adverse inspection findings — could result in warning letters, import alerts, consent decrees, facility shutdowns, product recalls, or the withdrawal of manufacturing authorizations. A significant regulatory action affecting Velocity Bioworks could simultaneously disrupt both our internal Entolimod manufacturing program and our ability to serve third-party clients, compounding potential losses.
We are subject to risks related to the handling, use, and disposal of hazardous materials at our San Antonio manufacturing facility.
Velocity Bioworks' operations involve the use and handling of biological agents, chemical reagents, solvents, and other hazardous substances that are inherent to biologic drug manufacturing processes. As the acquirer of Scorpius’ San Antonio facility and its manufacturing assets, we may be subject to environmental liabilities arising from historical operations at that site, including pre-acquisition storage, use, or disposal of hazardous substances. These materials may be toxic, flammable, corrosive, or otherwise harmful to human health and the environment. We are subject to federal, state, and local laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling, transportation, and disposal of hazardous materials, including regulations administered by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration the Environmental Protection Agency, the Department of Transportation, and applicable Texas state environmental authorities. Environmental laws, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) and comparable state statutes, may impose liability on current or prior facility operators regardless of fault or knowledge. We may not have been able to fully assess or quantify environmental conditions at the facility prior to closing, and any undisclosed contamination or environmental liability could result in material remediation costs and claims that are not covered by indemnification arrangements with the prior owners. Compliance with these requirements is costly, and the regulatory landscape may become more stringent over time. We cannot guarantee that our safety procedures and controls will at all times be sufficient to eliminate the risk of accidental contamination, release, or exposure. In the event of an accidental spill, release, or other incident involving hazardous materials, we could face significant remediation costs, regulatory penalties, third-party liability claims, and reputational harm. Any such incident could also require a temporary or permanent suspension of manufacturing operations.
Our CDMO operations are subject to concentration risk due to our single-site manufacturing footprint.
All Velocity Bioworks manufacturing and development activities are currently conducted at a single campus in San Antonio, Texas. This geographic and operational concentration exposes us to significant risks, including natural disasters, fire, flood, power outages, equipment failures, labor disruptions, contamination events, or other circumstances that could impair or halt operations at the facility. A prolonged disruption at the San Antonio site could materially disrupt both our internal Entolimod development and manufacturing program and our ability to service third-party CDMO customers, potentially resulting in contract penalties, loss of customers, and delays in our regulatory submissions.
We may face customer concentration risk and uncertainty in CDMO contract structures.
CDMO contracts are typically project-based and do not guarantee recurring revenue. Client programs may be cancelled, delayed, reduced in scope, or not renewed at the conclusion of a project. If we are unable to replace lost or completed engagements with new client contracts, our CDMO revenue could be unpredictable or insufficient to support Velocity Bioworks' operating costs. We may also be exposed to risks associated with client insolvency or the failure of client programs to advance through clinical development, which could result in early termination of contracts and loss of anticipated revenue.
Our CDMO activities create potential liability exposure from manufacturing errors and product defects.
If a biologic or cellular therapy manufactured by Velocity Bioworks for a third-party client is alleged to be defective, contaminated, or improperly manufactured, we could face product liability claims, regulatory sanctions, and contractual indemnification obligations. Although we intend to maintain contractual limitations on liability and product liability insurance, there can be no assurance that our insurance coverage will be adequate to cover all claims or that contractual protections will be fully enforceable. Manufacturing errors that affect a client's clinical or commercial product could also cause significant reputational harm to Velocity Bioworks, impairing our ability to attract future customers.
Risks Relating to Regulatory Drug Approval
We may not be able to obtain regulatory approval in a timely manner or at all and the results of future clinical trials and pivotal efficacy studies may not be favorable.
The testing, marketing, and manufacturing of any product for use in the U.S. and the E.U. will require approval from the FDA and the EMA, respectively. We cannot predict with any certainty the amount of time necessary to obtain FDA approval and whether any such approval will ultimately be granted. Preclinical studies, animal efficacy studies, or clinical trials may reveal that one or more products are ineffective or unsafe, in which event, further development of such products could be seriously delayed, terminated or rendered more expensive.
In addition, we expect to rely on the FDA Animal Rule to obtain approval for Entolimod’s biodefense indication in the U.S. The Animal Rule permits the use of animal efficacy studies together with human clinical safety trials to support an application for marketing approval of products when human efficacy studies are neither ethical nor feasible. These regulations have limited prior use, and we have limited experience in the application of these rules to the product candidates that we are developing. We cannot guarantee that the FDA will review the data submitted in a timely manner, or that the FDA will accept the data when reviewed. If we are not successful in completing the development, licensure, and commercialization of Entolimod for its biodefense indication, or if we are significantly delayed in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.
Even if we eventually complete clinical trials and receive approval for our product candidates, the FDA or EMA may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly additional clinical trials, including Phase 4 clinical trials, and/or the implementation of a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, which may be required to ensure safe use of the drug after approval.
Delays in obtaining FDA, EMA, or any other necessary regulatory approvals of any proposed product or the failure to receive such approvals would have an adverse effect on our ability to develop such product, the product’s potential commercial success and/or on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
Compensatory arrangements with our scientific advisors or consultants could result in increased regulatory scrutiny and ultimately lead to the delay or denial of marketing approval for our product candidates.
Principal investigators for our clinical trials may serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and receive compensation in connection with such services. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to report some of these relationships to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may conclude that a financial relationship between the Company and a principal investigator has created a conflict of interest or otherwise affected interpretation of the study. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may therefore question the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site and the utility of the clinical trial may be jeopardized. This could result in a delay in approval, or rejection, of our marketing applications by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority, as the case may be, and may ultimately lead to the denial of marketing approval of one or more of our product candidates.
Failure to obtain regulatory approval in international jurisdictions could prevent us from marketing our products abroad.
We intend to market our product candidates, in the U.S., Europe, Ukraine and other countries and regulatory jurisdictions. In order to market our product candidates in the U.S., Europe, Ukraine, and other jurisdictions, we must obtain separate regulatory approvals in each of these countries and territories. The procedures and requirements for obtaining marketing approval vary among countries and regulatory jurisdictions and may involve additional clinical trials or other tests. In addition, we do not have in-house experience and expertise regarding the procedures and requirements to file for and obtain marketing approval for drugs in countries outside of the U.S., and may need to engage and rely upon expertise of third parties when we file for marketing approval in countries outside of the U.S. Also, the time required to obtain approval in markets outside of the U.S. may differ from that required to obtain FDA approval, while still including all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval. We may not be able to obtain all of the desirable or necessary regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all. Approval by a regulatory authority in a particular country or regulatory jurisdiction, such as the FDA in the U.S. or the EMA in the E.U., does not ensure approval by a regulatory authority in another country.
We may not be able to file for regulatory approvals and may not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our product candidates in any or all of the countries or regulatory jurisdictions in which we desire to market our product candidates. At this time, to our knowledge, other countries do not have an equivalent to the Animal Rule and, as a result, such countries do not likely have established criteria for review and approval for this type of product outside their normal review process.
The fast track designation for Entolimod may not actually lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process.
Statera previously obtained a fast track designation from the FDA for Entolimod’s biodefense indication. If a drug is intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening condition and the drug demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for this condition, the drug sponsor may apply to the FDA for fast track designation. However, we may not experience a faster development process, review, or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. The FDA may withdraw our fast track designation if the FDA believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical or pivotal development program. Our fast track designation does not guarantee that we will qualify for or be able to take advantage of the FDA’s expedited review procedures or that any application that we may submit to the FDA for regulatory approval will be accepted for filing or ultimately approved.
We may seek breakthrough therapy designation for some of our product candidates. The designation may not be granted and, even if granted by the FDA, such designation may not lead to a faster development of any product candidate or approval process for any product candidate.
We may seek a breakthrough therapy designation for some of our product candidates. A breakthrough therapy is defined as a drug that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious condition, and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. For drugs and biologics that have been designated as breakthrough therapies, interaction and communication between the FDA and the sponsor of the trial can help to identify the most efficient path for clinical development while minimizing the number of patients placed in ineffective control regimens. Drugs designated as breakthrough therapies by the FDA may also be eligible for priority review if supported by clinical data at the time the BLA is submitted to the FDA.
Designation as a breakthrough therapy is within the discretion of the FDA. Accordingly, even if we believe that one of our product candidates meets the criteria for designation as a breakthrough therapy, the FDA may disagree and instead determine not to make such designation. Even if we receive a breakthrough therapy designation, the receipt of such designation for a product candidate may not result in a faster development of any product candidate or approval process for product candidate. In addition, even if one or more of our product candidates qualify as breakthrough therapies, the FDA may later decide that the product candidates no longer meet the conditions for qualification or decide that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened.
If the FDA does not conclude that certain of our product candidates satisfy the requirements for the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway, or if the requirements for such product candidates under Section 505(b)(2) are not as expected, the approval pathway for those product candidates will likely take significantly longer, cost significantly more and entail significantly greater complications and risks than anticipated, and in either case may not be successful.
We plan to seek FDA approval through the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway for several of our product candidates. The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, also known as the Hatch-Waxman Act, added Section 505(b)(2) to the FDCA. Section 505(b)(2) permits the filing of a BLA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies that were not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference. Section 505(b)(2), if applicable to the Company under the FDCA, would allow a BLA submitted by us to the FDA to rely in part on data in the public domain or the FDA’s prior conclusions regarding the safety and effectiveness of approved compounds, which could expedite the development program for our product candidates by potentially decreasing the amount of clinical data that we would need to generate in order to obtain FDA approval. If the FDA does not allow us to pursue the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway as anticipated, we may need to conduct additional clinical trials, provide additional data and information, and meet additional standards for regulatory approval. If this were to occur, the time and financial resources required to obtain FDA approval for these product candidates, and complications and risks associated with these product candidates, would likely substantially increase. We may need to obtain additional funding, which could result in significant dilution to the ownership interests of our then existing stockholders to the extent we issue equity securities or convertible debt. We cannot guarantee that we would be able to obtain such additional financing on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Moreover, inability to pursue the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway would likely result in new competitive products reaching the market more quickly than our product candidates, which would likely materially adversely impact on our competitive position and prospects. Even if we are allowed to pursue the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway, there is no guarantee that our product candidates will receive the requisite approvals for commercialization.
Moreover, even if our product candidates are approved under Section 505(b)(2), the approval may be subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which the products may be marketed or to other conditions of approval or may contain requirements for costly post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of the products.
If physicians and patients do not accept and use our drugs, we will not achieve sufficient product revenues, and our business will suffer.
Even if we gain marketing approval of our drug candidates, government purchasers, physicians and/or patients may not accept and use them. Acceptance and use of these products may depend on several factors including:
| ● |
perceptions by members of the government healthcare community, including physicians, about the safety and effectiveness of our drugs; |
| ● |
published studies demonstrating the safety and effectiveness of our drugs; |
| ● |
adequate reimbursement for our products from payors; and |
| ● |
effectiveness of marketing and distribution efforts by us and our licensees and distributors, if any. |
The failure of our drugs, if approved for marketing, to gain acceptance in the market would harm our business and could require us to seek additional financing.
Risks Related to Legal and Other Regulatory Matters
Changes in the regulatory landscape for our products and product candidates could render our business model contrary to applicable regulatory requirements, and we may be required to seek additional clearance or approval for our products.
The laws and regulations applicable to the industries in which we operate are continuously evolving. Changes in our regulatory and legal landscape could substantially increase the costs of compliance, increase the time and resources required to bring new products to market, or otherwise negatively impact our business. There can be no assurance that new legislation or regulations will not impose significant additional costs or burdens on our business or subject us to additional liabilities. We may be or become subject to claims that our operations violate these laws or regulations.
We are subject to consumer protection laws that regulate our marketing practices and prohibit unfair or deceptive acts or practices. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business, and changes in such regulations or laws could require us to modify our products or marketing or advertising efforts.
In connection with the marketing or advertisement of our products, we could be the target of claims relating to false, misleading, deceptive or otherwise noncompliant advertising or marketing practices, including under the auspices of the FTC and state consumer protection statutes. If we rely on third parties to provide any marketing and advertising of our products, we could be liable for, or face reputational harm as a result of, their marketing practices if, for example, they fail to comply with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.
If we are found to have breached any consumer protection, advertising, unfair competition or other laws or regulations, we may be subject to enforcement actions that require us to change our marketing and business practices in a manner that may negatively impact us. This could also result in litigation, fines, penalties and adverse publicity that could cause reputational harm and loss of customer trust, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to U.S. and certain foreign export and import controls, sanctions, embargoes, anti-corruption laws and anti-money laundering laws and regulations.
We are subject to export control and import laws and regulations, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, U.S. Customs regulations, and various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls, and anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (“FCPA”), the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, and other state and national anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in the countries in which we conduct activities. Anti-corruption laws are interpreted broadly and prohibit companies and their employees, agents, clinical research organizations, contractors and other collaborators and partners from authorizing, promising, offering, providing, soliciting or receiving, directly or indirectly, improper payments or anything else of value to recipients in the public or private sector. We may engage third parties for clinical trials outside of the U.S., to sell our products abroad once it enters a commercialization phase, and/or to obtain necessary permits, licenses, patent registrations and other regulatory approvals. We may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or government-affiliated hospitals, universities and other organizations. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our employees, agents, clinical research organizations, contractors and other collaborators and partners, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have actual knowledge of such activities. Any violations of the laws and regulations described above may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties, imprisonment, the loss of export or import privileges, debarment, tax reassessments, breach of contract and fraud litigation, reputational harm and other consequences.
To the extent we may rely on foreign vendors and suppliers, we may be subject to risks arising from geopolitical instability, trade policy, tariffs, and evolving biosecurity legislation.
We source or may source certain raw materials, biological reagents, cell culture media, laboratory consumables, and other inputs critical to the manufacture of Entolimod and our other product candidates from vendors and suppliers who themselves or through their supply chain have exposure outside the United States. This reliance exposes us to risks that are largely outside our control.
Tariffs and Trade Restrictions. The United States has imposed, and may in the future expand, tariffs and trade restrictions on goods imported from foreign countries, including materials used in pharmaceutical and biologic manufacturing. Such measures could significantly increase our input costs, disrupt established supplier relationships, or require us to qualify alternative suppliers on an accelerated basis. We may not be able to pass increased costs through to customers or offset them through operational efficiencies, and any prolonged disruption to our supply chain could delay manufacturing at Velocity Bioworks or our external testing and fill and finish partners and impair our clinical and regulatory timelines. Sanctions imposed by the U.S., EU and other countries in response to the conflict between Russia and Ukraine and the potential response to such sanctions may have an adverse impact on our business, including the financial markets and the global economy. Conflicts in Israel, Gaza, Iran and the Middle East may lead to further sanctions, retaliatory attacks, market volatility and uncertainty, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
BIOSECURE Act and Evolving Biosecurity Legislation. The BIOSECURE Act, if enacted in its current or a modified form, would restrict U.S. federal agencies and, potentially, U.S. companies receiving federal funding from contracting with certain foreign biotechnology companies designated as posing national security concerns. Although the legislation has not been enacted as of the date of this filing, if it or similar legislation is passed in the future, we could be required to transition away from certain foreign vendors or contract manufacturers, potentially including suppliers currently used in our manufacturing operations or those of Velocity Bioworks. Qualifying replacement suppliers would require significant time and expense and could cause material disruptions to our development and commercialization programs. Additionally, as a company that has received and may continue to seek U.S. government funding in connection with Entolimod's development under the FDA Animal Rule, any future restrictions on the use of foreign vendors by federally funded entities could affect our ability to maintain existing supplier relationships or access government contracts.
Additional Foreign Supply Chain Risks. Foreign vendors may be subject to less stringent quality and manufacturing standards than those required by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), and the FDA's ability to inspect foreign facilities may be more limited than its oversight of domestic manufacturers. Disruptions arising from natural disasters, pandemics, political instability, or government-imposed export restrictions could impair our ability to obtain necessary materials in a timely manner. Intellectual property protections and contractual enforcement mechanisms in certain foreign jurisdictions may also be weaker than those available in the United States, limiting our recourse in the event of a supplier failure or breach.
Failure to manage these risks effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We expect to become subject to the requirements of the Sunshine Act.
We are not currently subject to the Physician Payment Sunshine Act (the “Sunshine Act”), which was enacted as part of the Affordable Care Act. However, we anticipate selling our products directly to governmental entities and if we are successful, or if our products become reimbursable by Medicare or Medicaid, then we may become subject to the Sunshine Act, which will require us to report annually to the Secretary of Health and Human Services: (i) payments or other transfers of value made by us, or by a third-party as directed by us, to physicians and teaching hospitals or to third parties on behalf of physicians or teaching hospitals; and (ii) physician ownership and investment interests in our company. The payments required to be reported include the cost of meals provided to a physician, travel reimbursements and other transfers of value, including those provided as part of contracted services such as speaker programs, advisory boards, consultation services and clinical trial services. Failure to comply with the reporting requirements can result in significant civil monetary penalties ranging from $1,000 to $10,000 for each payment or other transfer of value that is not reported (up to a maximum per annual report of $150,000) and from $10,000 to $100,000 for each knowing failure to report (up to a maximum per annual report of $1.0 million). Additionally, becoming subject to the Sunshine Act and the information we disclose could lead to greater scrutiny, which could result in modifications to established practices and additional costs. Similar reporting requirements have also been enacted on the state level domestically, and an increasing number of countries worldwide have either adopted or are considering adopting similar laws requiring transparency of interactions with healthcare professionals.
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property
We are highly dependent on our IP, and our methods of protecting our IP may not be adequate or could be costly.
We rely on a combination of patent and trademark laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our IP rights. We are building our IP portfolio and may not be able to secure sufficient protection to prevent competition from entering the market or from creating competing products.
We cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain patent protection on the key components of our technology or that we will be able to obtain patents in key jurisdictions, such as the United States, Europe and Asia. We cannot give assurances that we will develop new products or technologies that are patentable or (to the extent applicable) that any new products will be covered by existing patents, that any issued patent will provide us with any competitive advantages or will not be challenged by third parties, or that the patents of others will not impair our ability to do business.
We cannot guarantee that the applicable governmental authorities will approve any of our future trademark applications. Even if the applications are approved, third parties may seek to oppose or challenge these registrations. A failure to obtain trademark registrations in key jurisdictions could limit our ability to use our trademarks and impede our marketing efforts in those jurisdictions.
Despite our efforts to protect our IP, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or obtain and use our technology. Policing the unauthorized use of our technology on a global basis is difficult, and there can be no assurance that the steps taken by us will prevent misappropriation of our technology.
We cannot give assurances that our measures for preserving the secrecy of our trade secrets and confidential information will be sufficient to prevent others from obtaining our trade secrets.
We generally require our employees, consultants and corporate partners to sign confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements prohibiting them from disclosing any of our trade secrets. Our employment agreements and consulting agreements also contain confidentiality undertakings, as well as non-compete provisions, which prohibit employees, advisors and consultants from acting contrary to our interests during the period of their relationship with us.
Despite our efforts to preserve the secrecy of our trade secrets and confidential information, we may not have adequate remedies to preserve our trade secrets or to compensate us fully for our loss if employees, consultants or corporate partners breach confidentiality agreements with us. We cannot give assurances that our trade secrets will provide any competitive advantage, as they may become known to, or be independently developed by, competitors, regardless of the success of any measures we may take to try to preserve their confidentiality.
Any failure or inability to protect any of our IP or confidential information, or to enforce our rights against any infringement or misappropriation of our IP or confidential information, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, we may be forced to litigate to enforce or defend our IP, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of other parties’ proprietary rights. Any such litigation could be very costly and could distract our management from focusing on operating our business. The existence and/or outcome of any such litigation could harm our business.
We may face risks of claims for IP infringement.
Our competitors or other persons may have already obtained or may in the future obtain patents or other rights relating to one or more aspects of our technology. Because we have not conducted a formal freedom to operate analysis for patents related to our technology, we may not be aware of issued patents that a third party might assert are infringed by our current or any future technology, which could materially impair our ability to commercialize our current or any future technology. Even if we diligently search third-party patents for potential infringement by our current or any future technology, we may not successfully find patents that our current or any future technology may infringe. If we are unable to secure and maintain freedom to operate, others could preclude us from commercializing our current or future technology. We may in the future become party to, or be threatened with, adversarial proceedings or litigation regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our current and any future technology, whether or not we are actually infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the rights of third parties. If we are sued for patent or other intellectual property right infringement, we may be forced to incur substantial costs in defending ourselves.
If litigation were to result in a judgment that we infringed a valid and enforceable patent or other intellectual property right, a court may order us to pay substantial damages to the owner of the patent or other intellectual property right and to stop using any infringing technology or products. This could cause a significant disruption in our business and force us to incur substantial costs to develop and implement alternative, non-infringing technology or products, or to obtain a license from the patent or other intellectual property right owner.
We cannot give assurance that we would be able to develop non-infringing alternatives at a reasonable cost that would be commercially acceptable, or that we would be able to obtain a license from any patent or other intellectual property right owner on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.
We may be unable to enforce our IP rights throughout the world.
The laws of some foreign countries do not protect IP rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. To the extent we demonstrate novel means to manage physiological functions, the nature and degree of IP protection we can obtain throughout the world may vary. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending IP rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. This could make it difficult for us to stop infringement of our foreign patents, if obtained, or the misappropriation of our other IP rights. For example, some foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. In addition, some countries limit the enforceability of patents against certain third parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, patents may provide limited or no benefit. Patent protection must ultimately be sought on a country-by-country basis, which is an expensive and time-consuming process with uncertain outcomes. Accordingly, we may choose not to seek patent protection in certain countries, and we will not have the benefit of patent protection in such countries.
Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our IP rights in such countries may be inadequate. In addition, changes in the law and legal decisions by courts in the United States and foreign countries may affect our ability to obtain adequate protection for our technology and the enforcement of our IP.
Risks Related to Our Common Stock
We expect that our stock price may fluctuate significantly, and investors may not be able to resell their shares at or above the price at which they purchased them.
The market price of shares of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to many risk factors listed in this section, and others beyond our control, including:
| ● |
the effect of macroeconomic factors on our business and operations and on market conditions generally; |
| ● |
the success of our products and of competitive products or technologies; |
| ● |
regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries; |
| ● |
the level of expenses related to our products or development programs; |
| ● |
announcements by us, our partners or our competitors of new products or therapies, significant contracts, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, collaborations, commercial relationships, or capital commitments; |
| ● |
failure to meet or exceed financial estimates and projections of the investment community or that we provide to the public; |
| ● |
issuance of new or updated research or reports by securities analysts or recommendations for our stock; |
| ● |
disputes or other developments related to proprietary rights (including patents), litigation matters, and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technologies; |
| ● |
commencement of, or our involvement in, litigation; |
| ● |
fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us; |
| ● |
manufacturing disputes or delays; |
| ● |
any future sales of our common stock or other securities; |
| ● |
any change to the composition of the board of directors or key personnel; |
| ● |
general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets; |
| ● |
share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares; |
| ● |
announcement or expectation of additional debt or equity financing efforts; and |
| ● |
other factors described in this section of the Report. |
These and other market and industry factors may cause the market price and demand for our common stock to fluctuate substantially, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, the stock market in general, and biotech companies in particular, have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. In the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have on occasion instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders were to bring a lawsuit against us, the defense and disposition of the lawsuit could be costly and divert the time and attention of our management and harm our operating results.
Future issuances of stock or other securities could dilute the holdings of stockholders and could materially affect the price of the shares of our common stock.
In the year ended December 31, 2025, we sold an aggregate of 235,792 shares of our common stock to Mast Hill pursuant to an equity purchase agreement for gross proceeds of $783 thousand. We also issued Statera 55,704 shares of our common stock, along with 131 shares of Series A Nonvoting Convertible Preferred Stock, which shares are convertible into an aggregate of approximately 77,059 shares of our common stock. We issued 4,900 shares of Series B Nonvoting Convertible Preferred Stock for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $4.9 million. Of the 4,900 shares issued, 2,745 shares were converted into 1,310,857 shares of our common stock and the remaining 2,155 shares of Series B Nonvoting Convertible Preferred Stock are convertible into an aggregate of approximately 1,610,180 shares of our common stock. In December 2025, we issued 12,000 shares of Series C Nonvoting Convertible Preferred Stock for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $11.9 million. The Series C Nonvoting Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into approximately 9,371,123 shares of our common stock. We anticipate that we will issue additional shares of capital stock in conjunction with future funding requirements. Any issuance of shares of our common stock, or securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of our common stock, for the purpose of securing capital will result in the dilution of the ownership interests of our existing stockholders.
We have used and intend to continue to use equity incentives for employees, advisors, directors, key consultants and select affiliates. Any issuance of stock upon the conversion of options and/or incentive rights will result in the dilution of the ownership interests of our existing stockholders.
In addition, we may in the future decide to offer additional stock or other securities to finance new capital-intensive projects, in connection with unanticipated liabilities or expenses or for any other purposes. There is no assurance that we will not decide to conduct offerings of securities in the future. Depending on the structure of any future offering, certain existing stockholders may not have the ability to purchase additional equity securities. If we raise additional funds by issuing additional equity securities, the holdings and voting interests of existing stockholders could be diluted.
If we are unable to comply with the continued listing requirements of the Nasdaq Capital Market, our common stock could be delisted, which could affect our common stock's market price and liquidity and reduce our ability to raise capital.
Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, a national securities exchange, which imposes continued listing requirements with respect to issuers whose securities are listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC ("Nasdaq"). If we fail to satisfy the continued listing standards, such as, for example, Nasdaq’s minimum bid price requirement or stockholders equity requirements, Nasdaq may issue a non-compliance letter or initiate delisting proceedings.
As previously disclosed, on June 28, 2024, we received a notification letter from the Listing Qualifications Department of Nasdaq notifying us that, because the closing bid price for our common stock was below $1.00 per share for 33 consecutive business days, we were not in compliance with the minimum bid price requirement for continued listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market, as set forth in Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5550(a)(2) (the “Minimum Bid Price Requirement”). On April 4, 2025, the Company received a letter from Nasdaq confirming that the Company regained compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement. As a result, the Company's common stock was able to continue to be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market. Subsequently, on March 19, 2026, we received a notice from Nasdaq that the Company is not in compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement as the closing bid price of our common stock has been below $1.00 per share for 30 consecutive business days. The notice has no immediate effect on the listing of our common stock, which will continue to trade at this time on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “TIVC.”
In accordance with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5810(c)(3)(A), we have a period of 180 calendar days, or until September 15, 2026, to regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement. To regain compliance, the closing bid price of our common stock must meet or exceed $1.00 per share for at least ten consecutive business days during this 180 calendar day period. In the event we do not regain compliance by September 15, 2026, we may be eligible for an additional 180 calendar day grace period, provided the Company (i) meets the continued listing requirement for market value of publicly held shares and all other initial listing standards for The Nasdaq Capital Market, with the exception of the Minimum Bid Price Requirement, and (ii) the Company notifies Nasdaq of its intent to cure the deficiency. If we do not regain compliance within the allotted compliance period(s), Nasdaq will provide notice that our common stock will be subject to delisting from the Nasdaq Capital Market.
The Company intends to continue actively monitoring the closing bid price for the Company’s common stock between now and September 15, 2026, and will consider available options to resolve the deficiency and regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement. If the Company does not regain compliance within the allotted compliance period, including any extensions that may be granted by Nasdaq, Nasdaq will provide notice that the Company’s common stock will be subject to delisting. The Company would then be entitled to appeal that determination to a Nasdaq hearings panel. There can be no assurance that the Company will regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement during the 180-day compliance period, secure a second period of 180 days to regain compliance, or maintain compliance with the other Nasdaq listing requirements. To the extent that we are unable to resolve the listing deficiency, there is a risk that our common stock may be delisted from Nasdaq, which would adversely impact liquidity of our common stock, potentially result in even lower bid prices for our common stock, and make it more difficult for us to obtain financing through the sale of our common stock.
Additionally, a delisting of our common stock could make it more difficult to buy or sell our securities and to obtain accurate quotations, and the price of our securities could suffer a material decline. Delisting could also impair our ability to raise capital and negatively affect stockholder value.
We do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.
We do not expect to pay dividends to our stockholders at any time in the foreseeable future. Anyone considering investing in our stock should not rely on such investment to provide dividend income. Instead, we plan to retain any earnings to establish, maintain and expand our operations and product offerings. In addition, any future debt financing arrangement may contain terms prohibiting or limiting the amount of dividends that may be declared or paid on our stock. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their shares after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any return on their investment.
We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company,” and the reduced public company reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.
We qualify as an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and plan to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to: being permitted to have only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations disclosure; an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”); not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB, regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements; reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation arrangements in our periodic reports, registration statements and proxy statements; and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In addition, the JOBS Act permits emerging growth companies to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We intend to take advantage of certain of the exemptions discussed above.
In addition, we are currently a “smaller reporting company,” as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and have elected to take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies. To the extent that we continue to qualify as a “smaller reporting company” as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, after we cease to qualify as an emerging growth company, certain of the exemptions available to us as an “emerging growth company” may continue to be available to us as a “smaller reporting company,” including exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirements pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements. We will continue to be a “smaller reporting company” until we have more than $250 million in public float (based on our common stock) measured as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or, in the event we have no public float (based on our common stock), annual revenues of more than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year.
As a result, the information we provide will be different than the information that is available with respect to other public companies. In this Report, we have not included all of the executive compensation-related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and the market price of our common stock may be more volatile.
We will lose our “emerging growth company” status by December 31, 2026 and we will be subject to additional public company reporting and disclosure requirements that may increase our legal and compliance costs and make our common stock less attractive to investors.
We will lose our “emerging growth company” status no later than December 31, 2026. Once we lose this status, we will no longer be able to take advantage of some or all of the exemptions described above and may be required to, among other things, (i) provide three years of audited financial statements and three years of management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations disclosure, (ii) comply with the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (if we are an accelerated filer or large accelerated filer at that time), (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by PCAOB, (iv) comply with certain disclosure and voting obligations regarding executive compensation and (v) adopt revised or new accounting standards on the time schedule applicable to non-emerging growth companies. Although our status as a “smaller reporting company” may allow us to continue to take advantage of some reduced disclosure obligations, any additional requirements will likely increase our legal and financial compliance costs and are likely to make our reporting and disclosure process more time-consuming and costly. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may no longer rely on these exemptions.
If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, and the market price of our common stock may decline.
As a public company, we are required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. In addition, we are required to furnish a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. As of December 31, 2025, based on an analysis completed by management, our internal controls were not effective due to the existence of a material weakness. The process of designing, implementing and testing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation is time-consuming, costly and complicated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting (as we have for the period covered by this Report), if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could decline, and we could also become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, the Commission or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.
If our operating and financial performance in any given period does not meet any guidance that we provide to the public, the market price of our common stock may decline.
We may, but are not obligated to, provide public guidance on our expected operating and financial results for future periods. Any such guidance will be comprised of forward-looking statements subject to the risks and uncertainties described in this Report and in our other public filings and public statements. Our actual results may not always be in line with or exceed any guidance we have provided, especially in times of economic uncertainty. If, in the future, our operating or financial results for a particular period do not meet any guidance we provide or the expectations of investment analysts, or if we reduce our guidance for future periods, the market price of our common stock may decline. Even if we do issue public guidance, there can be no assurance that we will continue to do so in the future.
Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents, and under Delaware law, could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.
Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended (our “Certificate of Incorporation”), and amended and restated bylaws, as amended (our “Bylaws”), may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws include provisions that:
| ● |
authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, shares of undesignated preferred stock with terms, rights, and preferences determined by our board of directors that may be senior to our common stock; |
| ● |
require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be affected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent; |
| ● |
specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer or our President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer); |
| ● |
establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors; |
| ● |
prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors; |
| ● |
establish that our board of directors will be divided into three classes—Class I, Class II, and Class III—with each class serving staggered three-year terms; |
| ● |
provide that, so long as our board of directors is classified, directors may only be removed for cause; |
| ● |
provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum; and |
| ● |
require the approval of our board of directors or the holders of two-thirds of our outstanding shares of voting stock to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation. |
These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder. Any of the foregoing provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, and they could deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you would receive a premium for your shares of our common stock in an acquisition.
Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the federal district court for the District of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for certain disputes between us and our stockholders, which could result in increased costs for our stockholders to bring a claim and could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.
Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that, unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, in the event that the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware or other state courts of the State of Delaware) is the exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by, or other wrongdoing by, any director, officer, employee or agent of the Company to the Company or our stockholders, creditors or other constituents; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our Certificate of Incorporation or our Bylaws; (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our Certificate of Incorporation or our Bylaws; or (v) or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act, Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction; and provided further that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, or the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, such action may be brought in another state or federal court sitting in the State of Delaware. Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws also provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action against us or any of our directors, officers, employees or agents and arising under the Securities Act or Exchange Act. Nothing in our Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws preclude stockholders that assert claims under the Exchange Act from bringing such claims in state or federal court, subject to applicable law.
We believe these provisions may benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law and federal securities laws by chancellors and judges, as applicable, particularly experienced in resolving corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases on a more expedited schedule relative to other forums and protection against the burdens of multi-forum litigation. However, this choice of forum provision could result in increased costs for our stockholders to bring a claim and could may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims, although our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Furthermore, the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable. While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid, a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring a claim in a venue other than those designated in the exclusive forum provisions, and there can be no assurance that such provisions will be enforced by a court in those other jurisdictions. If a court were to find the choice of forum provision that will be contained in our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.
General Risk Factors
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish unfavorable or inaccurate research about our business, the market price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.
The market price and trading volume of our common stock is heavily influenced by the way analysts interpret our financial information and other disclosures. We do not have control over these analysts. If few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if industry analysts cease coverage of us, our stock price would be negatively affected. If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, downgrade our common stock, or publish negative reports about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price to decline and could decrease the trading volume of our common stock.
We have and will continue to incur significant costs and are subject to heightened regulations and requirements as a result of being a public company, which could lower our profits or make it more difficult to run our business.
As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will continue to incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and related rules implemented by the Commission, and the Nasdaq Capital Market. The expenses generally incurred by public companies for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. These rules and regulations have increased and will continue to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costlier, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. These laws and regulations also make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations may also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our ongoing obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions, other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.
Actual or perceived failures to comply with applicable data privacy and security laws, regulations, policies, standards, contractual obligations and other requirements related to data privacy and security and changes to such laws, regulations, standards, policies and contractual obligations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The global data protection landscape is rapidly evolving, and there has been an increasing focus on privacy and data protection issues with the potential to affect our business. We are subject to numerous state, federal and foreign laws, requirements and regulations governing the collection, transmission, use, disclosure, storage, retention and security of personal and personally identifying information, such as information that we may collect in connection with conducting our business in the United States and abroad. Implementation standards and enforcement practices are likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future, and we cannot yet determine the impact future laws, regulations, standards or perception of their requirements may have on our business. This evolution may create uncertainty in our business; affect our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions; or to collect, store, transfer use and share personal information; necessitate the acceptance of more onerous obligations in our contracts; result in liability or impose additional costs on us. The cost of compliance with these laws, regulations and standards is high and is likely to increase in the future. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with federal, state or foreign laws or regulation, our internal policies and procedures, or our contracts governing our processing of personal information could result in negative publicity, government investigations and enforcement actions, fines, imprisonment of company officials and public censure, claims by third parties, damage to our reputation and loss of goodwill, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Changes in accounting standards and subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management related to complex accounting matters could significantly affect our financial results.
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and related pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations with regard to a wide variety of matters that are relevant to our business, such as, but not limited to stock-based compensation, business combinations, debt and equity transactions and income taxes are highly complex and involve many subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by our management. Changes to these rules or their interpretation or changes in underlying assumptions, estimates or judgments by our management could significantly change our reported results.
We may be adversely affected by the effects of inflation.
Inflation has the potential to adversely affect our liquidity, business, financial condition and results of operations by increasing our overall cost structure, particularly if we are unable to achieve commensurate increases in the prices we charge our customers. The existence of inflation in the economy has recently resulted in, and may in the future result in, higher interest rates and capital costs, shipping costs, supply shortages, increased costs of labor, weakening exchange rates and other similar effects. As a result of inflation, we have experienced cost increases. Although we may take measures to mitigate the impact of this inflation, if these measures are not effective our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity could be materially adversely affected. Even if such measures are effective, there could be a difference between the timing of when these beneficial actions impact our results of operations and when the cost inflation is incurred.
We are subject to anti-corruption, anti-bribery, anti-money laundering, and similar laws, and non-compliance with such laws could subject us to criminal or civil liability and harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We are subject to the FCPA, U.S. domestic bribery laws, the UK Bribery Act 2010, and other anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws in the countries in which we conduct business. Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws have been enforced aggressively in recent years and are interpreted broadly to generally prohibit companies, their employees, and their third-party intermediaries from authorizing, offering, or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments or benefits to recipients in the public or private sector. As we increase our international sales and business and sales to the public sector, we may engage with business partners and third-party intermediaries to market our products and to obtain necessary permits, licenses, and other regulatory approvals. In addition, we or our third-party intermediaries may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of these third-party intermediaries, our employees, representatives, contractors, partners, and agents, even if we do not explicitly authorize such activities. While we have policies and procedures to address compliance with such laws, there is a risk that our employees and agents will take actions in violation of our policies and applicable law, for which we may be ultimately held responsible. As we expand internationally, our risks under these laws may increase.
Detecting, investigating, and resolving actual or alleged violations of anti-corruption laws can require a significant diversion of time, resources, and attention from senior management. In addition, noncompliance with anti-corruption, anti-bribery, or anti-money laundering laws could subject us to whistleblower complaints, investigations, sanctions, settlements, prosecution, enforcement actions, fines, damages, other civil or criminal penalties or injunctions, suspension or debarment from contracting with certain persons, reputational harm, adverse media coverage, and other collateral consequences. If any subpoenas or investigations are launched, or governmental or other sanctions are imposed, or if we do not prevail in any possible civil or criminal proceeding, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be harmed.
Item 1B – Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Risk management and strategy
We intend to work with outside counsel and third-party service providers to further develop our expertise, processes and procedures with respect to cybersecurity protection and our response plan.
Governance
Our principal executive office is located at 1305 E. Houston Street, Building 1, Suite 311, San Antonio, Texas 78205 (the "Property").
Microbial Building Lease
On March 13, 2026, VBI entered into a lease (the "Microbial Building Lease") with TPB Merchants Ice LLC (“TPB”) to lease the Microbial Building, an approximately 8,024 square foot facility located on the Property located at 1305 E. Houston St., San Antonio, TX 78205. The initial term of the Microbial Building Lease is eight years. VBI has (i) a one-time option to extend the lease term for an additional period of five years and (ii) the exclusive option to purchase the Microbial Building and the Property from TPB at any time during the first 24 months of the initial term for $12.5 million. In exchange for leasing the premises, VBI shall pay TPB a monthly base rent of approximately $22,605 for the first twelve months, or a total of $271,260, with annual dollar increases in later years of the lease term. The aggregate base rent over the eight-year lease term is approximately $5.34 million. The Microbial Building Lease provides that VBI will pay additional expenses to TPB related to VBI’s share of operating expenses, taxes and utilities related to the premises using ratable percentages set forth in the Microbial Building Lease.
Mammalian Building Lease
On March 9, 2026, VBI entered into a lease (the “Mammalian Building Lease”) with Merchants Ice II, LLC (“Merchants Ice II”) to lease an approximately 20,144 square foot facility located at the Property. The term of the Mammalian Building Lease is 102 months, effective January 1, 2026, unless earlier terminated by the parties pursuant to the terms thereof. In exchange for leasing the premises, VBI shall pay Merchants Ice II a monthly base rent of $55,030 for the first twelve months, or a total of $660,357, with annual increases of approximately 3.0%. The aggregate base rent over the lease term is approximately $6.29 million. The Mammalian Building Lease provides that VBI will pay additional expenses to TPB related to VBI’s share of operating expenses, taxes and utilities related to the premises using ratable percentages set forth in the Mammalian Building Lease.
Office Sublease
On March 13, 2026, VBI entered into a sublease (the “Office Sublease” and together with the Microbial Building Lease and the Mammalian Building Lease, the “Facility Leases”) with Texas Research and Technology Foundation (“TRTF”) to sublease approximately 8,122 square feet of office space located at the Property, which Office Sublease was consented to by TPB, as landlord of the leased premises, and is subject to the terms of that certain Office Lease Agreement, dated June 1, 2024, by and between TRTF and TPB. The term of the Office Sublease is 110 months, unless earlier terminated by the parties pursuant to the terms of the Office Sublease. This office will serve as the new principal executive office of the Company. In exchange for subleasing the premises, VBI shall pay TRTF a monthly base rent of $30,436, with annual increases of approximately 3.0%. The aggregate base rent over the lease term is approximately $3.9 million. The Office Sublease provides that VBI will pay additional expenses to TPB related to VBI’s share of operating expenses, taxes and utilities related to the premises using ratable percentages set forth in the Office Sublease.
We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. We may, however, in the ordinary course of business face various claims brought by third parties, and we may, from time to time, make claims or take legal actions to assert our rights, including intellectual property rights as well as claims relating to employment matters and the safety or efficacy of our products. Any of these claims could subject us to costly litigation. If this were to happen, the payment of any such awards could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, any such claims, whether or not successful, could damage our reputation and business.
Item 4 – Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
Item 5 – Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market Information
Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the ticker symbol “TIVC.”
Our common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, has been publicly traded on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “TIVC” since our initial public offering on November 11, 2021. Prior to our initial public offering, there was no public market for our common stock.
Holders
As of March 17, 2026, there were approximately 97 shareholders of record of our common stock. A substantially greater number of holders of our common stock are “street name” or beneficial holders, whose shares are held by banks, brokers, and other financial institutions.
Dividends
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We may enter into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that will restrict our ability to declare or pay cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Registered Securities
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, there were no unregistered sales of our securities that were not reported in a Current Report on Form 8-K or our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q.
Repurchases
None.
Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and operating results together with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Report. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements based upon current beliefs, plans and expectations that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” or in other parts of this Report.
Overview
Tivic Health Systems, Inc. (the "Company" or "Tivic Health") is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company harnessing the innate immune system to enhance clinical outcomes and address life-threatening conditions.
The cornerstone of Tivic Health’s portfolio is its Toll-like Receptor 5 (“TLR5”) program, led by Entolimod™, a late-stage agonist designed to treat acute radiation syndrome (“ARS”) and mitigate the systemic toxicities associated with medical radiation and chemotherapy. Entolimod is a versatile therapeutic with both prophylactic and mitigative capabilities, effectively preventing or treating the cellular damage caused by genotoxic treatments. The clinical significance of Entolimod has been recognized by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration ("FDA"), which has granted the candidate both Fast Track and Orphan Drug designations for the treatment of ARS. Furthermore, the Company holds Investigational New Drug ("IND") applications for Entolimod in both ARS and advanced oncology, with plans to advance Entolimod and its optimized variant, Entolasta™, into Phase 2 clinical studies for neutropenia and other oncology-related indications.
In December 2025, Tivic Health strategically vertically integrated its operations through the acquisition of Scorpius Holdings' assets via its wholly owned subsidiary, Velocity Bioworks. Based in San Antonio, Texas, Velocity operates as a full-service Contract Development and Manufacturing Organization ("CDMO") in San Antonio, TX. This acquisition included the integration of approximately 40 specialized technical personnel, providing Tivic with direct oversight of the Entolimod manufacturing lifecycle. This strategic move is expected to significantly accelerate our commercialization timeline by ensuring supply chain control and operational agility. Additionally, Velocity functions as a commercial CDMO, with the ability to provide specialized biomanufacturing services to external clients to drive independent profitability and diversify the Company's revenue streams.
Business Overview
Over the past fiscal year, the Company has successfully executed a transformative strategic pivot. At the beginning of 2025, Tivic Health operated primarily as a consumer health entity focused on its flagship bioelectronic product, ClearUP. Today, we have evolved into a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a robust immunotherapy pipeline and integrated manufacturing capabilities.
Strategic Acquisition and the Biologics Program
A cornerstone of this transition was the execution of an exclusive worldwide licensing agreement with Statera Biopharma, Inc. This agreement added Entolimod™, a late-stage Toll-like Receptor 5 (TLR5) agonist, to our clinical pipeline. We further expanded this portfolio by exercising our option for an exclusive license to the neutropenia indication for both Entolimod and our second-generation, immune-optimized candidate, Entolasta™.
These assets represent a high-value investment opportunity, having been the subject of over 40 clinical and preclinical trials supported by $140 million in prior capital, including $35.6 million in non-dilutive funding from the Department of Defense (DoD), DTRA, NASA, and the NIH. The FDA has recognized the clinical importance of Entolimod by granting it Fast Track and Orphan Drug designations for the prevention and treatment of Acute Radiation Syndrome (ARS).
Regulatory Pathway and Clinical Objectives
Our immediate operational priority is the validation of the manufacturing process required for the submission of a Biologics License Application ("BLA") to the FDA. While the BLA is our primary domestic objective, we are also exploring opportunities for the emergency use of Entolimod in select international markets prior to formal U.S. commercialization.
Beyond ARS, we are leveraging our active IND application to initiate Phase 2 clinical studies targeting neutropenia and other oncology-related indications. Entolimod’s mechanism of action—activating the NF-κB pathway upstream of G-CSF—offers distinct therapeutic advantages. Clinical data (Krivokrysenko, et al., PLOS One, 2015) demonstrates that Entolimod not only stimulates hematopoiesis but also reduces apoptosis and accelerates tissue regeneration in the gastrointestinal tract. We believe these anti-apoptotic and prophylactic properties position our TLR5 agonists as compelling alternatives or adjunctive therapies to currently marketed G-CSF treatments.
Divestment and Operational Realignment
To ensure the disciplined allocation of resources toward our high-growth biologics program, the Board of Directors approved the wind-down of the ClearUP business and the cessation of active research into non-invasive cervical vagus nerve stimulation ("ncVNS"). We expect the wind-down of the consumer business to be substantially complete by year-end. In connection with this exit, the Company incurred approximately $347,000 in charges during 2025, with an additional $20,000 to $50,000 expected to finalize the process. While we will generate minimal revenue during this transition, we are retaining all intellectual property associated with our bioelectronic research for future monetization.
Launch of Velocity Bioworks (CDMO)
In December 2025, the Company launched Velocity Bioworks, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary operating as a CDMO. Velocity serves a dual strategic purpose: it de-risks our Entolimod commercialization plan by providing internal control over the manufacturing and validation timeline, and it creates a new vertical revenue by offering specialized services to external partners.
Velocity Bioworks, Inc. offers biomanufacturing development work, analytic support, and CGMP manufacturing capability. While we are in the early stages of market entry, this integrated model is designed to drive operational efficiencies and provide a path toward diversified profitability.
Recent Events
In the first quarter of 2026:
| ● |
On March 2, 2026, Jennifer Ernst exited her position as Chief Executive Officer and, effective March 5, 2026, resigned her role as a member of the board of directors. |
| ● |
On March 3, 2026, we appointed Michael K. Handley as Chief Executive Officer of the Company and a member of the board of directors. |
| ● |
On March 13, 2026, we entered into several long-term leases for property in San Antonio, Texas to support the operations of our CDMO and to serve as our new corporate headquarters. |
| ● |
During March 2026, we continued active engagement with U.S. government agencies including BARDA, DoW/DTRA, NIH and NIAID through the TechWatch process regarding potential federal funding and Strategic National Stockpile procurement pathways. |
Business Updates
Appointment of Michael K. Handley as Chief Executive Officer
In March 2026, Michael K. Handley was appointed as Chief Executive Officer and director. Mr. Handley succeeds Jennifer Ernst as Chief Executive Officer. Prior to being appointed as Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Handley was Chief Operating Officer and President of our biopharma division since joining the Company in February 2025. Mr. Handley previously was the Chief Executive Officer of Statera Biopharma, Inc. from July 2021 to February 2025 and brings over two decades of cross-functional experience in drug/device commercialization, regulatory/clinical affairs, operations, strategic transactions, market development and partnering/licensing.
Appointment of Lisa Wolf as Chief Financial Officer
Effective October 1, 2024, Lisa Wolf was appointed as the Company’s interim Chief Financial Officer and Principal Financial and Principal Accounting Officer. In July 2025, Ms. Wolf was employed by the Company as the Chief Financial Officer. Ms. Wolf has played a key role in supporting our accounting and Commission reporting functions on an out-sourced basis since June 2022, when she joined Murdock Martell as Vice President.
Reverse Stock Split - 2025
Effective March 7, 2025, our Board approved a reverse stock split of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, at a ratio of 1-for-17. As a result of the reverse stock split, the total number of shares of common stock held by each stockholder of the Company were converted automatically into the number of shares of common stock equal to the number of issued and outstanding shares of common stock held by each such stockholder immediately prior to the reverse stock split divided by 17. We issued one whole share of the post reverse stock split common stock to any stockholder who otherwise would have been entitled to receive a fractional share as a result of the reverse stock split. As a result, no fractional shares were issued in connection with the reverse stock split, and no cash or other consideration was paid in connection with any fractional shares that would otherwise have resulted from the reverse stock split. Also, all options, warrants and other convertible securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to the reverse stock split were adjusted by dividing the number of shares of common stock into which such options, warrants and other convertible securities were exercisable or convertible by 17 and multiplying the exercise or conversion price thereof by 17, all in accordance with the terms of the plans, agreements or arrangements governing such options, warrants and other convertible securities and subject to rounding pursuant to such terms. There was no change to the par value, or authorized shares, of either the common stock or preferred stock, as a result of the reverse stock split.
All share and per share amounts for our common stock, as well as the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock and upon exercise of options and warrants outstanding, and exercise prices thereof, from dates prior to completion of the reverse stock split that are included in this Report, including the financial statements and footnotes thereto included herein, have been retroactively restated to give effect to the reverse stock split.
Reverse Stock Split - 2023
Effective August 23, 2023, the Company implemented a reverse stock split of the Company's issued and outstanding shares of common stock at a ratio of 1-for-100. As a result of the reverse stock split, the total number of shares of Common Stock held by each stockholder of the Company were converted automatically into the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock held by each such stockholder immediately prior to completion of the reverse stock split divided by 100. The Company issued one whole share of the post reverse stock split common stock to any stockholder who otherwise would have been entitled to receive a fractional share as a result of the reverse stock split. As a result, no fractional shares were issued in connection with the reverse stock split, and no cash or other consideration was paid in connection with any fractional shares that would otherwise have resulted from the reverse stock split. Also, all options, warrants and other convertible securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to the reverse stock split were adjusted by dividing the number of shares of common stock into which such options, warrants and other convertible securities were exercisable or convertible by 100 and multiplied the exercise or conversion price thereof by 100, all in accordance with the terms of the plans, agreements or arrangements governing such options, warrants and other convertible securities and subject to rounding pursuant to such terms. There was no change to the par value, or authorized shares, of either the common stock or preferred stock, as a result of the reverse stock split.
All share and per share amounts for our common stock, as well as the number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the options and warrants outstanding and exercise prices thereof, from dates prior to completion of the reverse stock split that are included in this Report, including the financial statements and footnotes thereto included herein, have been retroactively restated to give effect to the reverse stock split.
2025 Capital Raises
On April 29, 2025, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the "Preferred Purchase Agreement”) with an investor (the "Investor”), pursuant to which, subject to the conditions set forth therein, the Company shall sell to the Investor, and the Investor shall purchase from the Company, up to 8,400 shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock and warrants ("Investor Warrants”) to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock fora total purchase price of up to $8,400,000 (the "Tranched Financing”) in several tranche closings (each, a "Tranche Closing”).
The Preferred Purchase Agreement provides that the Tranched Financing shall be conducted through six separate Tranche Closings pursuant to which, subject to satisfaction of the applicable closing conditions set forth in the Preferred Purchase Agreement, the Company shall sell and issue the Investor up to an aggregate of 8,400 shares of Series B Preferred Stock as follows: (i) 700 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, for $700,000, in the initial Tranche Closing, which was consummated on June 25, 2025; (ii) 700 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, for $700,000, in the second Tranche Closing, which shall be consummated 10 trading days after the initial Tranche Closing; (iii) 1,750 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, for $1,750,000, in the third Tranche Closing, which shall be consummated 20 trading days after the second Tranche Closing; (iv) 1,750 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, for $1,750,000, in the fourth Tranche Closing, which shall be consummated 20 trading days after the third Tranche Closing; (v) 1,750 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, for $1,750,000, in the fifth Tranche Closing, which shall be consummated 20 trading days after the fourth Tranche Closing; and (vi) 1,750 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, for $1,750,000, in the final Tranche Closing, which shall be consummated 20 trading days after the fifth Tranche Closing.
In addition to the shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be sold and issued to the Investor in the Tranched Financing, at each Tranche Closing the Company shall also issue the Investor an Investor Warrant to purchase that number of shares of Company common stock equal to 30% of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion in full of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock issued at the same Tranche Closing. Each Investor Warrant shall be immediately exercisable (subject to certain beneficial ownership limitations), expire five years from the date of issuance, and have an initial exercise price equal to the average closing price of the Company’s common stock during the prior five trading days preceding each Tranche Closing (as may be adjusted for stock dividends, subdivisions, or combinations in the manner described in the Investor Warrant). In the event that Investor Warrants issued to the Investor in a subsequent Tranche Closing have a lower exercise price than the Investor Warrants outstanding as of such later Tranche Closing, immediately after the Tranche Closing the exercise price of all outstanding Investor Warrants held by the Investor shall automatically be reduced to equal such lower exercise price of the Investor Warrants issued in such Tranche Closing.
In 2025, through a series of tranched closings, the Company sold an aggregate of 4,900 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and common warrants to purchase an aggregate of 509,987 shares of common stock for a total of $4.9 million in a series of registered public offerings. Net proceeds after deducting agent placement fees and offering costs were $4.1 million. The net proceeds were allocated between the common stock and Common Warrants issued in the offering based on the relative fair values, which were $3.0 million and $1.1 million, respectively. The warrants have an exercise price of $3.04 per share and expire one year from the date of issuance.
On December 9, 2025, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Preferred Purchase Agreement”) with certain institutional investors (collectively, the “Preferred Offering Investors”), pursuant to which, subject to the conditions set forth therein, the Company agreed to sell to the Preferred Offering Investors, and the Preferred Offering Investors agreed to purchase from the Company, up to 75,000 shares of the Company’s newly designated Series C Non-Voting Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series C Preferred Stock”) and warrants (“Preferred Offering Warrants”) to purchase shares of Common Stock for a total purchase price of up to $75,000,000 (the “Preferred Offering”) in several tranche closings (each, a “Tranche Closing”).
The Preferred Purchase Agreement provides that the Preferred Offering shall be conducted through a series of separate Tranche Closings pursuant to which, subject to satisfaction of the applicable closing conditions set forth in the Preferred Purchase Agreement, the Company shall sell and issue the Preferred Offering Investors up to an aggregate of 75,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, at a price of $1,000 per share, as follows: (i) 12,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, for $12,000,000 in gross proceeds to the Company, in the initial Tranche Closing, which was consummated on December 10, 2025; (ii) 6,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, for $6,000,000 in gross proceeds to the Company, in the second Tranche Closing, which shall be consummated three business days after the Second Tranche Closing Conditions (as defined below) have been satisfied or waived; and (iii) up to an aggregate of 57,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, for an aggregate of up to $57,000,000 in a series of subsequent Tranche Closings (each a “Subsequent Tranche Closing,” and together the “Subsequent Tranche Closings”), which shall be consummated when the Subsequent Tranche Closing Conditions (as defined in the Preferred Purchase Agreement) have been satisfied or waived, including but not limited to that the aggregate stated value of the Series C Preferred Stock outstanding does not exceed $3,000,000 and certain additional volume and price conditions are met.
In addition to the shares of Series C Preferred Stock to be sold and issued to the Investors in the Preferred Offering, at each Tranche Closing the Company shall also issue the Preferred Offering Investors an aggregate of Preferred Offering Warrants to purchase that number of shares of Company common stock equal to 50% of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion in full of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued in connection with the same Tranche Closing. Each Preferred Offering Warrant shall be immediately exercisable (subject to certain beneficial ownership limitations and Stockholder Approval), expire five years from the date of issuance, and have an exercise price of $2.2310 (as may be adjusted for stock dividends, subdivisions, or combinations in the manner described in the Preferred Offering Warrant).
F-25
In the event that the closing price of the Company’s common stock during the prior three trading days preceding a Tranche Closing date shall be lower than the Floor Price, then the applicable Tranche Closing shall be delayed until such time as the price meets the required threshold for a period of five consecutive trading days. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Preferred Offering Investors have the ability, subject to prior written consent of the Company, to purchase any number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock prior to the dates of the Tranche Closings provided for in the Preferred Purchase Agreement during the term of the Preferred Purchase Agreement.
On December 11, 2025, the Company and the Preferred Offering Investors held the initial Tranche Closing, pursuant to which the Company received gross proceeds of $12 million pursuant to the Preferred Purchase Agreement and issued 12,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to the Preferred Offering Investors. In addition to the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, the Company issued Preferred Offering Investor Warrants to purchase 2,904,528 shares of Company common stock with an initial exercise price of $2.231 per share. The Preferred Offering Investor Warrants are exercisable immediately and expire on December 10, 2030. Net proceeds to the Company, after deducting offering expenses paid by the Company, were $11.9 million. The net proceeds were allocated between the Series C Preferred Stock and Investor Warrants issued in the offering based on the relative fair values, which were $5.9 million and $5.9 million, respectively.
On September 13, 2024, we entered into the Distribution Agreement with Maxim, pursuant to which we may offer and sell, from time to time, through or to Maxim, as sales agent or principal, shares of our common stock. We will pay Maxim a commission of 3% of the aggregate gross proceeds from each sale of shares. We also agreed to reimburse Maxim for certain specified fees and expenses of up to $40 thousand, plus an additional $5 thousand for each bringdown, as provided in the Distribution Agreement. The agreement will terminate upon the earlier of (i) the sale of all shares of common stock having an aggregate offering price of $10 million; (ii) twenty four months from the date of the agreement; (iii) the mutual termination of the agreement upon fifteen days' prior written notice; and (iv) as otherwise permitted therein. During the year ended December 31, 2025, we sold a total of 193,161 shares of its common stock pursuant to the Distribution Agreement for gross proceeds of $1.2 million. We paid Maxim $37 thousand in commissions. Net proceeds to the Company, after deducting commissions and offering expenses paid by us, was approximately $1.1 million.
Equity Lines of Credit
Mast Hill
On March 18, 2025, we entered into an Equity Purchase Agreement (the “Mast Hill Purchase Agreement”) with Mast Hill Fund, L.P. (“Mast Hill”), pursuant to which we will have the right, but not the obligation, to sell to Mast Hill, and Mast Hill will have the obligation to purchase from us, up to $25 million (the “Maximum Commitment Amount”) shares of our common stock (the “Put Shares”), at our sole discretion, over the next 24 months, subject to certain conditions precedent and other limitations.
Unless earlier terminated, the Mast Hill Purchase Agreement will remain in effect until the earlier of March 18, 2027, or the date on which Mast Hill has purchased the Maximum Commitment Amount (the “Commitment Period”). We have the right to terminate the Mast Hill Purchase Agreement at any time, subject to limitations set forth in the Mast Hill Purchase Agreement.
During the Commitment Period, we will have the right, but not the obligation, to direct Mast Hill to make a purchase of the Put Shares by delivering written notice to Mast Hill (a “Put Notice”) on any trading day (the “Put Date”) to purchase a number of Put Shares pursuant to a formula set forth in the Mast Hill Purchase Agreement. The purchase price for the Put Shares under the Mast Hill Purchase Agreement will be equal to 95% of the lowest VWAP (as defined in the Mast Hill Purchase Agreement) of our common stock on the Principal Market (as defined in the Mast Hill Purchase Agreement) on any trading day during the pricing period, and the pricing period for each sale of Put Shares will be the 5 trading days immediately after receipt of the Put Shares by Mast Hill, subject to adjustment as provided in the Mast Hill Purchase Agreement.
Each Put Notice shall direct Mast Hill to purchase Put Shares (i) in a minimum amount not less than $50 thousand and (ii) in a maximum amount up to $500 thousand, provide further that the number of Put Shares in each respective Put shall not exceed 100% of the average trading volume of our common stock during the 5 trading days immediately preceding the date of the Put Notice. Mast Hill’s obligation to purchase Put Shares is subject to a 4.99% beneficial ownership blocker. Additionally, pursuant to the Mast Hill Purchase Agreement, we may not sell or issue to Mast Hill more than 19.99% of the number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to execution of the Purchase Agreement unless and until we obtain stockholder approval to issue additional shares, in accordance with applicable Nasdaq rules.
As consideration for Mast Hill’s commitment to purchase shares of our common stock under the Mast Hill Purchase Agreement, we issued Mast Hill 29,800 restricted shares of common stock following the execution of the Purchase Agreement (the “Commitment Shares”).
Craft Capital Management LLC ("Craft") acted as our placement agent in connection with this transaction. As compensation for such services, we paid Craft a commission of 3.0% of the aggregate gross proceeds from each sale of shares under the Mast Hill Purchase Agreement.
To date, in addition to the Mast Hill Commitment Shares, we issued 235,792 shares to Mast Hill under the Mast Hill Purchase Agreement. Gross proceeds were $865 thousand and net proceeds were $741 thousand after deducting offering costs.
In connection with the Mast Hill Purchase Agreement, the Company and Mast Hill also entered into a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which we agreed to, within 45 calendar days from the date of the Registration Rights Agreement, file with the Commission an initial registration statement covering (i) all of the Put Shares issuable under the Purchase Agreement the Commitment Shares (collectively, the “Registrable Securities”) so as to permit the resale of such securities by Mast Hill. The Company shall use reasonable best efforts to have the registration statement declared effective by the SEC within 90 calendar days from the date of the Registration Rights Agreement. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, we shall keep the registration statement effective, including but not limited to pursuant to Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act and available for the resale by Mast Hill of all of the Registrable Securities covered thereby at all times until the date on which Mast Hill shall have sold all the Registrable Securities and the Maximum Commitment Amount has been drawn down by the Company.
The Mast Hill Purchase Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement contain customary representations, warranties and agreements, as well as customary conditions to Mast Hill’s obligation to purchase the Put Shares.
On December 9, 2025, the Company notified Mast Hill of its election to terminate the Mast Hill Purchase Agreement for convenience. As a result, the Mast Hill Purchase Agreement terminated on December 9, 2025.
Tumim
On February 6, 2026, we entered into a Common Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Tumim Stone Capital, LLC, (“Tumim”) pursuant to which we will have the right, but not the obligation, to sell to the Tumim up to the lesser of: (a) $50,000,000 of newly issued shares of our common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and (b) the Exchange Cap (as defined below), from time to time, at our sole discretion (each such sale, a “VWAP Purchase”) by delivering an irrevocable written notice to Tumim (each such notice, a “VWAP Purchase Notice”). We shall be permitted to deliver a VWAP Purchase Notice to Tumim during the period commencing on the Commencement Date (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) and the date that is the first day of the month following the 24-month anniversary of the date on which the initial Registration Statement (as defined below) has been declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, and unless the Purchase Agreement is earlier terminated in accordance with its terms.
The shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to a VWAP Purchase (the “Shares”) will be purchased at the VWAP Purchase Price, which will be determined pursuant to a formula set forth in the Purchase Agreement. If we elect to use a one-trading-day valuation period in the VWAP Purchase Notice (the “One-Day Valuation Period”), the VWAP Purchase Price under the Purchase Agreement will be equal to 97% of the volume-weighted average price (“VWAP”) of our Common Stock on the one trading day during such One-Day Valuation Period, subject to adjustment as provided in the Purchase Agreement, following receipt of the Shares by the Tumim. If we elect to use a One-Day Valuation Period to determine the VWAP Purchase Price in the VWAP Purchase Notice, such VWAP Purchase Notice shall direct Tumim to purchase Shares in an amount not to exceed the lesser of (i) 15% of the daily trading volume of the Common Stock on the VWAP Purchase Exercise Date (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), or (ii) the quotient (rounded to the nearest whole number) obtained by dividing (x) $1,000,000 by (y) the VWAP on the VWAP Purchase Exercise Date (in each case to be appropriately adjusted for any reorganization, recapitalization, non-cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar transaction during the applicable period).
If we elect to use a three-trading-day valuation period in the VWAP Purchase Notice (the “Three-Day Valuation Period”), the VWAP Purchase Price under the Purchase Agreement will be equal to 95% of the lowest daily VWAP of our Common Stock on any trading day during such Three-Day Valuation Period, subject to adjustment as provided in the Purchase Agreement, following receipt of the Shares by Tumim. If we elect to use a Three-Day Valuation Period to determine the VWAP Purchase Price in the VWAP Purchase Notice, such VWAP Purchase Notice shall direct Tumim to purchase Shares in an amount not to exceed the lesser of (i) 40% of the daily trading volume of the Common Stock on the VWAP Purchase Exercise Date, or (ii) the quotient (rounded to the nearest whole number) obtained by dividing (x) $2,500,000 by (y) the VWAP on the VWAP Purchase Exercise Date (in each case to be appropriately adjusted for any reorganization, recapitalization, non-cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar transaction during the applicable period.
Tumim’s purchases of shares of Common Stock under the Purchase Agreement, if any, will be subject to certain limitations, including that Tumim may not purchase shares that would result in it (together with its affiliates) owning more than 4.99% (or, at the election of the Tumim, 9.99%) of the then-issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock. In addition, unless stockholder approval of a waiver of the Exchange Cap is obtained, we shall not issue or sell any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, if, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that would be issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby would exceed 506,848 (representing 19.99% of the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the execution of the Purchase Agreement) (such maximum number of shares, the “Exchange Cap”). However, the Exchange Cap shall not be applicable for any purposes of the Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, to the extent that (and only for so long as) the average price of all applicable sales of Common Stock under the Purchase Agreement equals or exceeds $1.02, which is the Minimum Price (as defined in the Purchase Agreement). The Company is under no obligation to seek stockholder approval of a waiver of the Exchange Cap.
As consideration for the Tumim’s commitment to purchase shares of Common Stock, the Company issued a pre-funded warrant to purchase 437,012 shares of Common Stock (the “Pre-Funded Warrants”), to the Tumim as a commitment fee (the “Commitment Fee”).
Pre-Funded Warrants
The Pre-Funded Warrants issued to Tumim as the Commitment Fee are exercisable immediately upon issuance and will not expire until exercised in full. The exercise price of the Pre-Funded Warrants is $0.0001 per share (nominal), as the exercise price was pre-funded to the Company in connection with the payment of the Commitment Fee. The Pre-Funded Warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis. The Pre-Funded Warrants contain a beneficial ownership limitation that prevents the Tumim from exercising the warrants to the extent that such exercise would result in Tumim (together with its affiliates) beneficially owning more than 4.99% (or, at the election of the Tumim, 9.99%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock. The Pre-Funded Warrants are subject to customary adjustment provisions in the event of stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, reclassifications, or similar events. In the event of a Fundamental Transaction (as defined in the Pre-Funded Warrants), the holder will be entitled to receive, upon exercise, the same kind and amount of consideration that a holder of Common Stock would have received in connection with such transaction. The shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrants will be registered for resale under the Registration Statement.
Registration Rights Agreement
In connection with the transactions contemplated by, and concurrently with the execution of, the Purchase Agreement, the Company and Tumim also entered into a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2026 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to file with the SEC one or more registration statements (a “Registration Statement”), to register under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the offer and resale by Tumim of all of the shares that may be issued by the Company to the Tumim from time to time under the Purchase Agreement, including shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrant. Tumim’s obligation to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement is subject to such a Registration Statement being filed with the SEC and declared effective.
Exclusive License Agreement – Statera BioPharma
On February 11, 2025, we entered into the License Agreement with Statera, whereby we acquired (i) an exclusive worldwide license to the proprietary TLR5 agonist program of Statera known as Entolimod (the “Licensed Molecules”) as it relates to the ARS indication (the “Initial Indication”) and (ii) an exclusive option (the “Exclusive Option”) to acquire the exclusive worldwide license to additional indications, including Lymphocyte Exhaustion, Immunosenescence, Neutropenia and/or Vaccine Adjuvant (the “Subsequent Indications”) and to the TLR5 agonist program of Statera known as Entolasta, in each case as described in more detail below. The License Agreement transaction was consummated concurrently therewith on February 11, 2025 (the “Closing Date”).
Under the terms of the License Agreement, Statera has granted the Company an exclusive worldwide license, with the right to grant and authorize sublicenses, under Statera’s patents and know-how to develop, test, make and use Entolimod to develop, test, make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise exploit the product as it relates to the Initial Indication during the term of the License Agreement.
As consideration for the License Agreement, we agreed to pay Statera a license fee of $1,500,000 consisting of (i) $300,000 in cash consideration and (ii) $1,200,000 in stock consideration, as described below. The Company remains liable to Statera for certain royalty payments on net sales for ARS as monotherapy, and, if it exercises the Exclusive Option, net sales for all Subsequent Indications, within certain royalty periods.
The License Agreement further provides us with the Exclusive Option to expand the Initial Indications to include the treatment of the Subsequent Indications or to expand the use from a monotherapy to include uses as Vaccine Adjuvant, or several or all of them, at any time during the term of the License Agreement, and on one or more occasions, at its discretion. As part of exercise of the Exclusive Option, the license grant would be expanded to include uses of Entolasta, in addition to Entolimod, both for ARS and for the Subsequent Indications.
In conjunction with the License Agreement, Statera additionally transferred to the Company the title to fifteen kilograms (15kg) of frozen manufactured Entolimod lots and associated quality records associated with their production and applicable verification records (the “Materials”). In connection with this acquisition of ownership of the Materials, we will be negotiating a $1 per year lease with an affiliate of Statera for the proper care, storage and handling of the Materials.
The License Agreement also includes a buyout provision (the “Buyout”) by which we maintain the right to acquire from Statera at any time all right, title and interest in and to all technology licensed or otherwise subject to the Exclusive Option under the License Agreement. Should we elect to invoke this buyout right, it must provide Statera with a buyout payment equal to (a) the lesser of (i) the aggregate amount of payments due to Statera for achievement of all milestone events (described below), less the amount of payments paid for the achievement of one or more of such milestone events, and (ii) an amount negotiated in good faith and mutually agreed by the parties in writing as representing the risk adjusted net present value of the aggregate royalties that would have been payable absent such exercise; less (b) the amount of payments paid or payable by the Company to extinguish an existing lien on the licensed technology.
The License Agreement obligates us to develop and commercialize the licensed products, at our own cost and expense, inclusive of licensed products with respect to any Subsequent Indications obtained upon exercise of an Exclusive Option. In the development and commercialization process, we are obligated to meet certain milestones, and must provide Statera with certain milestone payments, payable in either the form of cash or Company stock (at our sole discretion), upon accomplishing each milestone as outlined below.
| Event |
Payment |
|||
| Validation of current inventory of Materials for distribution and sales |
$ | 750,000 | ||
| Filing of BLA with FDA for Acute Radiation Syndrome |
1,000,000 | |||
| Total Acute Radiation Syndrome Development Milestones |
$ | 1,750,000 | ||
Upon exercise of an Exclusive Option with respect to one or more Subsequent Indications, the following corresponding applicable milestones and milestone payments, payable in in either the cash or Company stock (at our sole discretion), become obligations of the Company as well:
| Event |
Payment |
|||
| File IND and Initiate Phase 2 Clinical Study for Neutropenia |
$ | 500,000 | ||
| Phase III Completion - successfully meets endpoint required to secure FDA approval for treatment of Neutropenia |
750,000 | |||
| File BLA with FDA and achieve FDA Approval for Neutropenia |
1,500,000 | |||
| File IND and Initiate Phase 2 study of Lymphocyte Exhaustion |
500,000 | |||
| Phase III Completion - successfully meets endpoint required by FDA for treatment of Lymphocyte Exhaustion |
750,000 | |||
| File BLA with FDA and achieve FDA Approval for Lymphocyte Exhaustion |
1,500,000 | |||
| IND approval and initiation of Phase 3 study as a Vaccine Adjuvant |
500,000 | |||
| File US BLA with FDA and achieve FDA Approval for use as a Vaccine Adjuvant |
500,000 | |||
| Total Potential Development Milestones for additional Indications (as applicable) |
$ | 6,500,000 | ||
In conjunction with the License Agreement, Statera may nominate one individual to sit on Board. Statera’s nominee must have the relevant industry experience in biopharmaceuticals, meet all requirements for service as an Independent Board Member, as defined by Nasdaq listing requirements. Approval of such Statera nominee shall be at the sole reasonable discretion of the Board.
On March 28, 2025, the Company notified Statera of its election to exercise its Exclusive Option to acquire the exclusive worldwide license to the neutropenia indication for Entolimod under the License Agreement (the “Neutropenia Option”) and to accelerate the first milestone payment of $500 thousand related to the neutropenia indication (the “Neutropenia Milestone Payment”), payable by the Company in connection with the filing of an IND and initiation of a Phase 2 clinical study for neutropenia. The Company paid the $500 thousand Neutropenia Milestone Payment paid in Company stock and was capitalized as licensed technology.
As a result of the Company’s exercise of the Neutropenia Option, the Company is obligated to develop and commercialize the expanded licensed products related to the neutropenia indication, at its own cost and expense, including to meet those milestones discussed above, and is obligated to pay the milestone payments, other than the Neutropenia Option, upon accomplishing each such milestone.
On June 18, 2025, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Exclusive License Agreement (the “A&R License Agreement”) with Statera, which amended certain terms of the License Agreement to, amongst other things, (i) provide that the payment of royalties pursuant to the A&R License Agreement, if any, may be made by the Company in either cash or securities of the Company, at the discretion of the Company; (ii) increase the approximate amount of the lien held by Avenue Venture Opportunities Fund, L.P. (“Avenue”) to up to $5.6 Million (the “Payoff Amount”); and (iii) provide that, other than the original license fee paid by the Company to Statera in connection with the closing of the license transaction in February 2025 and payment of the Neutropenia Milestone Payment, until such date that the Payoff Amount has been paid in full to Avenue, all subsequent payments due to Statera under the A&R License Agreement shall be paid by the Company as follows: 20% of any such payments shall be paid to Statera and 80% of any such payments shall be paid directly to Avenue on behalf of Statera.
Nasdaq Compliance
On March 19, 2026, the Company received a notification letter from the Nasdaq Listing Qualifications Department of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) notifying the Company that, because the closing bid price for the Company’s common stock was below $1.00 per share for at least 30 consecutive business days, the Company is not currently in compliance with the minimum bid price requirement for continued listing on The Nasdaq Capital Market, as set forth in Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(a)(2) (the “Minimum Bid Price Requirement”).
The notification has no immediate effect on the listing of the Company’s common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market, and, therefore, the Company’s listing remains fully effective.
In accordance with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5810(c)(3)(A), the Company has a period of 180 calendar days from March 19, 2026, or until September 15, 2026, to regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement. If at any time before September 15, 2026, the closing bid price of the Company’s common stock closes at or above $1.00 per share for a minimum of 10 consecutive business days, Nasdaq will provide written notification that the Company has achieved compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement, and the matter would be resolved. If the Company does not regain compliance during the compliance period ending on September 15, 2026, then Nasdaq may grant the Company a second 180 calendar day grace period to regain compliance, provided the Company (i) meets the continued listing requirement for market value of publicly held shares and all other initial listing standards for The Nasdaq Capital Market, with the exception of the Minimum Bid Price Requirement, and (ii) the Company notifies Nasdaq of its intent to cure the deficiency.
The Company intends to continue actively monitoring the closing bid price for the Company’s common stock between now and September 15, 2026, and will consider available options to resolve the deficiency and regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement. If the Company does not regain compliance within the allotted compliance period, including any extensions that may be granted by Nasdaq, Nasdaq will provide notice that the Company’s common stock will be subject to delisting. The Company would then be entitled to appeal that determination to a Nasdaq hearings panel. There can be no assurance that the Company will regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement during the 180-day compliance period, secure a second period of 180 days to regain compliance, or maintain compliance with the other Nasdaq listing requirements.
Securities Purchase Agreement
On February 11, 2025, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”) with Statera. Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to issue and sell to Statera an aggregate of (i) 55,635 shares of Company common stock and (ii) 359.6691 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Securities”) for an aggregate price of approximately $1.2 million. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into approximately 588 shares of common stock, as described below. The powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions applicable to the Series A Preferred Stock are set forth in the Certificate of Designation (as defined and described below in Note 12).
The Securities Purchase Agreement also provides Statera with registration rights related to the Securities. Specifically, the Company is required to prepare and file a resale registration statement with the Commission within 60 calendar days following the Closing Date (the “Filing Deadline”), with respect to the common stock and the shares of common stock underlying the Series A Preferred Stock.
The closing of the issuance of Securities occurred concurrently with the Closing Date of the License Agreement on February 11, 2025.
Operational Updates
Fiscal 2025
In 2025, we invested in our product, innovation and development as follows:
| ● |
In early 2025 we entered into a licensing agreement with Statera for a Phase III immunotherapy product and hired key personnel, including Michael K. Handley, Statera's Chief Execution Officer, to serve as Tivic's Chief Operating Officer and President of the Biopharma division. Mr. Handley subsequently became Tivic's Chief Executive Officer in March 2026, replacing Jennifer Ernst, Tivic's former Chief Executive Officer. |
| ● |
We expanded our license agreement with Statera to include neutropenia rights and rights to Entolimod's second-generation molecule, Entolasta. |
| ● |
We completed verification of the entolimod cell line at the Scorpius Biomanufacturing site. Later we acquired the assets of Scorpius and formed Velocity Bioworks representing a critical prerequisite for CGMP manufacturing steps required for BLA submission. |
| ● |
In the second quarter of 2025, we initiated engagement with U.S. government agencies and White House officials regarding Entolimod's potential role as a national biodefense medical countermeasure. Discussions continued in March 2026. |
| ● |
We discontinued the sale of our consumer product, ClearUP, and wound down the business. We also stopped development of our non-invasive cervical vagus nerve stimulation platform. These strategic moves will allow us to focus our resources on our biopharma program. We retain the IP rights related to these products and programs. |
| ● |
Throughout the year, we raised net proceeds of $18.5 million through the sale of preferred convertible stock and warrants to purchase common stock and prefunded warrants to new investors. |
We have continued to intentionally maintain a small core team at this stage of the Company, including decreasing our headcount to reduce operating expenses. We have relied, and continue to rely, heavily on third-party service providers, including marketing agencies, contract manufacturing organizations, software-as-a-service platforms, clinical research organizations, academic research partnerships, finance and accounting support, and legal support to carry out our operations.
Components of Results of Operations
Operating Expenses
Research and Development Expenses
Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs incurred to conduct research, including the discovery, development and validation of product candidates. Research and development expenses include personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense, third-party contractor services, including cell line verification of Entolimod, development and testing of drug product, drug substance, and prototype devices, and maintenance of limited in-house research facilities. We expense research and development costs as they are incurred. We expect research and development expenses to increase as product candidates are advanced towards commercialization and with the discovery and validation of new product candidates.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses include personnel costs, consulting expenses related to business development, D&O insurance, outside professional services and other expenses. Personnel costs consist of salaries, bonuses, benefits and stock-based compensation expense. Outside professional services consist of legal, finance, accounting and audit services, and other consulting fees. Beginning in the second quarter of 2025, we began to incur costs associated with business development and government relations efforts related to Entolimod. We expect selling, general and administrative expenses to vary as we expand our business development efforts related to Entolimod.
Other (Expense) Income
Change in fair value of derivative liability
The change in fair value of derivative liability represents the change in fair value of the derivative associated with the senior secured convertible note payable issued in December 2025.
Interest Income
Interest income includes interest income from our money market savings account.
Interest Expense
Interest expense reflects interest on our Senior Convertible Note Payable as well as amortization of the debt discount and issuance costs associated with the Senior Convertible Note Payable.
Discontinued Operations
Historically we generated revenue through the sale of our consumer product, ClearUP and ancillary products, including accessories and accelerated shipping charges. Due to declines in revenues since 2023 as well as the significant costs required to market and sell the product, our board of directors approved the wind down and exit from the consumer business. Discontinued operations represent the net revenues, costs of goods sold, selling and marketing costs and other charges associated with ClearUP.
Results of Operations
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024
The following table summarizes our results of operations (in thousands):
| For the Year Ended December 31, |
||||||||||||
| Statement of operations data: |
2025 |
2024 |
Change |
|||||||||
| OPERATING EXPENSES |
||||||||||||
| Research and development |
$ | 3,131 | $ | 1,313 | $ | 1,818 | ||||||
| Selling, general and administrative |
4,767 | 3,163 | 1,604 | |||||||||
| Total operating expenses |
7,898 | 4,476 | 3,422 | |||||||||
| Loss from operations |
(7,898 | ) | (4,476 | ) | (3,422 | ) | ||||||
| OTHER (EXPENSE) INCOME |
||||||||||||
| Change in fair value of derivative liability |
28 | — | 28 | |||||||||
| Interest income |
23 | 6 | 17 | |||||||||
| Interest expense |
(146 | ) | — | (146 | ) | |||||||
| Net other (expense) income |
(95 | ) | 6 | (101 | ) | |||||||
| Net loss from operations before discontinued operations |
(7,993 | ) | (4,470 | ) | (3,523 | ) | ||||||
| Loss from discontinued operations |
(885 | ) | (1,185 | ) | 300 | |||||||
| Net loss |
$ | (8,878 | ) | $ | (5,655 | ) | $ | (3,223 | ) | |||
Research and Development Expenses
Research and development expenses increased by $1.8 million to $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 from $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily due to the addition of biopharma activities, including increased personnel costs of $812 thousand and consultant expenses of $494 thousand associated with the development of Entolimod. In addition, an increase in personnel costs of $355 thousand was due to the addition of VBI in December 2025.
We expect to incur additional research and development expenses related to extending the indications for our product candidates as well as for operating the CDMO business.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The $1.6 million increase was due primarily to increased personnel costs of $248 thousand, increased legal expenses of $485 thousand related to the transactions occurring in 2025 including the acquisition of assets by VBI in December 2025, increased corporate costs of $344 thousand related to the Nasdaq non-compliance hearing and additional shareholder meetings required for transactions occurring in 2025 as well as increased investor relations efforts. Additionally, we incurred $192 thousand of selling, general and administrative expenses for the operations of VBI in December 2025.
Other (Expense) Income
Other expense, net, for the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 consisted of the change in fair value of the derivative associated with the senior secured convertible note payable issued in December 2025, interest income from our money market account and interest expense resulting from interest and amortization of discounts and issuance fees associated with the senior secured convertible note payable. Other income in 2024 consisted of interest income from our money market account.
Net Loss From Discontinued Operations
On November 12, 2025, after considering all reasonably available options and a broader strategic reassessment, the Company’s board of directors approved the wind down of the Company’s ClearUP business, which the Company substantially completed prior to the end of the year. In connection with the wind down of the ClearUP business, the Company incurred approximately $347 thousand in charges during the year ended December 31, 2025 and expects to incur additional related expenditures in the range of approximately $20 thousand to $50 thousand in 2026 for disposal costs on remaining finished goods.
Net loss from discontinued operations was $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, a $0.3 million decrease from the net loss from discontinued operations of $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The decrease can be attributed to a reduction in the volume of unit sales from the prior year and to a reduction in advertising and marketing costs.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Sources of Liquidity
Since our formation in September 2016 and until early 2025, we have devoted substantially all of our efforts to research and development, to regulatory clearance and to early market development and testing for our first product, released September 2019 in the United States. Since early 2025, we have focused our efforts on entry into biologic therapeutics with our TLR5 program and the development of our lead product candidate, Entolimod. We are not profitable and have incurred net losses and negative cash flows from our operations in each year since our inception. During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, we incurred net losses of $8.9 million and $5.7 million, respectively, and used $7.0 million and $5.7 million of cash for operations, respectively. As of December 31, 2025, we had cash and cash equivalents of $12.6 million, working capital of $12.4 million and an accumulated deficit of $52.6 million.
We have financed our operations to date primarily through the sale of our securities and, prior to our IPO, convertible notes payable, the full balance of which converted into shares of our common stock in connection with our IPO.
On September 13, 2024, we entered into an Equity Distribution Agreement with Maxim Group LLC (“Maxim”), pursuant to which we may offer and sell, from time to time, through or to Maxim, as sales agent or principal, up to $10 million in shares of our common stock, subject to our then current “baby shelf” limitation under General Instruction I.B.6. of Form S-3. As of December 31, 2025, we had sold an aggregate of 3,456,435 shares of common stock pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, for gross proceeds of $3.0 million. We paid Maxim $90 thousand in commissions in connection with such sales. Net proceeds after deducting all offering costs were $2.8 million.
On March 18, 2025, we entered into the Mast Hill Purchase Agreement with Mast Hill, pursuant to which we will have the right, but not the obligation, to sell to Mast Hill up to $25 million in shares of our common stock from time to time over a two-year period, subject to certain conditions precedent and other limitations (including without limitation beneficial ownership limitations). As a condition to our ability to effect sales under the Mast Hill Purchase Agreement, the shares must be registered for resale by Mast Hill pursuant to an effective registration statement. As of December 31, 2025, we had sold an aggregate of 235,792 shares of our common stock to Mast Hill pursuant to the Mast Hill Purchase Agreement for gross proceeds of $783 thousand and net proceeds of $741 thousand after deducting placement agent fees and offering costs. The Mast Hill Purchase Agreement was terminated on December 9, 2025.
On April 29, 2025, we entered into a securities purchase agreement (the “Helena Purchase Agreement”) with Helena Global Investment Opportunities 1 Ltd. (“Helena”), pursuant to which, subject to the conditions set forth therein, we agreed to sell to Helena, and Helena agreed to purchase from us, up to 8,400 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase shares of our common stock for a total purchase price of up to $8.4 million in six separate (each, a “Series B Tranche Closing”), subject to satisfaction of certain conditions precedent and other limitations. As of September 26, 2025, we had completed four of the six tranche closings contemplated by the Helena Purchase Agreement. On June 25, 2025, we closed the initial tranche of funding, which included the sale and issuance to Helena of 700 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase 61,287 shares of our common stock at an initial exercise price of $3.85 per share. Gross proceeds were $700 thousand and net proceeds were $585 thousand, after deducting placement agent fees and offering expenses. On July 31, 2025, we closed the second tranche of funding, which included the sale and issuance to Helena of 700 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase 64,065 shares of our common stock at an initial exercise price of $3.97 per share. Gross proceeds were $700 thousand and net proceeds were $635 thousand, after deducting placement agent fees and offering expenses. On August 21, 2025, we closed the third tranche of funding, which included the sale and issuance to Helena of 1,750 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase 188,842 shares of our common stock at an initial exercise price of $3.372 per share. Gross proceeds were $1.75 million and net proceeds were $1.6 million, after deducting placement agent fees and offering expenses. On September 26, 2025, we closed the fourth tranche of funding, which included the sale and issuance to Helena of 1,750 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase 195,793 shares of our common stock at an initial exercise price of $3.04 per share. Gross proceeds were $1.75 million and net proceeds were $1.6 million, after deducting placement agent fees and offering expenses. Due to certain repricing protections in the warrants to purchase shares of our common stock, the exercise price of such warrants issued in the initial, second and third tranche closings were adjusted down each time such warrants were subsequently issued to Helena at a lower price. Therefore, as of September 26, 2025, with the closing of the fourth Tranche, all warrants issued in connection with the Helena Preferred Purchase Agreement had an exercise price of $3.04 per share. On December 9, 2025, Helena assigned the Helena Purchase Agreement, including all of its rights and obligations thereunder, to 3i, LP (“3i”), and 3i purchased all of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred from Helena. In addition, on December 9, 2025, the Company and 3i entered into the Amendment to Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Series B Amendment” and together with the Helena Purchase Agreement, the “Series B Preferred Purchase Agreement”), which provided, among other things, that the Board shall take all necessary action to lower the applicable Series B Floor Price (as defined below) to $0.39 per share from $1.294 per share.
On December 9, 2025, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Note Purchase Agreement”) with 3i, pursuant to which we agreed to issue, in a private placement, upon the satisfaction of certain conditions specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, a senior secured convertible note (the “Note”) in the principal amount of $16,253,147 and a warrant (the “Note Offering Warrant”) to purchase up to an aggregate of 4,553,213 shares of our common stock to 3i for an aggregate purchase price of $16,253,147 (the “Note Offering”). The Note is convertible in part or in whole, at the option of the holder, at any time, into such number of shares of our common stock equal to the sum of the principal amount of the Note, plus all accrued and unpaid interest, plus any Make-Whole Amount (as defined in the Note), plus any unpaid late charges (the “Holder Conversion Amount”) at a conversion price equal to $2.2310 (the “Conversion Price”), subject to adjustment for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar events and subject to an Exchange Cap and other limitations; provided, however, that if at any time while the Note is outstanding, we sell or grant any options to purchase or sells or issues shares of our common stock or common stock equivalents at a price below the Conversion Price then in effect (such lower price, the “Base Conversion Price”), then the Conversion Price shall be lowered to such Base Conversion Price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the terms of the Note, at any time after the effective date of a registration statement covering the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Note (the “Note Conversion Shares”) and shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Note Offering Warrants (the “Note Offering Warrant Shares”), the holder shall be entitled to convert all or any portion of the unpaid Holder Conversion Amount not exceeding $750,000 (or a higher amount mutually agreed upon by the Company and the holder) per calendar month into Conversion Shares at a conversion price equal to 97% of the lowest VWAP of the shares of our common stock during the ten consecutive trading day period ending and including the trading day immediately prior to the conversion date, provided that the Alternative Conversion Price may not be below $0.39 (the “Note Floor Price”). If the Alternative Conversion Price is below the Note Floor Price, then in addition to the issuance of the Note Conversion Shares, we shall pay the holder cash as a true-up in accordance with the Note. All conversions are subject to certain beneficial ownership limitations, as set forth in the Note. The Note Offering Warrant shall be immediately exercisable (subject to certain beneficial ownership limitations and stockholder approval of the waiver of the Exchange Cap), expire five years from the date of issuance, and have an exercise price equal to $2.2310 (as may be adjusted for stock dividends, subdivisions, or combinations in the manner described in the Note Offering Warrant). The Note Offering Warrant provides for cashless exercise under certain circumstances. All exercises are subject to certain beneficial ownership limitations, as set forth in the Note Offering Warrant.
On December 9, 2025, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Series C Preferred Purchase Agreement”) with certain institutional investors (collectively, the “Series C Preferred Offering Investors”), pursuant to which, subject to the conditions set forth therein, we agreed to sell to the Series C Preferred Offering Investors, and the Series C Preferred Offering Investors agreed to purchase from us, up to 75,000 shares of our newly designated Series C Non-Voting Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series C Preferred Stock”) and warrants to purchase shares of our common stock for a total purchase price of up to $75,000,000 (the “Series C Preferred Offering”) in several tranche closings (each, a “Series C Tranche Closing”).
The Series C Preferred Purchase Agreement provides that the Series C Preferred Offering shall be conducted through a series of separate Series C Tranche Closings pursuant to which, subject to satisfaction of the applicable closing conditions set forth in the Series C Preferred Purchase Agreement, the Company shall sell and issue the Series C Preferred Offering Investors up to an aggregate of 75,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, at a price of $1,000 per share, as follows: (i) 12,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, for $12,000,000 in gross proceeds to the Company, in the initial Series C Tranche Closing, which was consummated on December 10, 2025; (ii) 6,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, for $6,000,000 in gross proceeds to the Company, in the second Series C Tranche Closing, which shall be consummated three business days after the Second Tranche Closing Conditions (as defined below) have been satisfied or waived; and (iii) up to an aggregate of 57,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, for an aggregate of up to $57,000,000 in a series of subsequent Series C Tranche Closings (each a “Subsequent Tranche Closing,” and together the “Subsequent Tranche Closings”), which shall be consummated when the Subsequent Tranche Closing Conditions (as defined in the Preferred Purchase Agreement) have been satisfied or waived, including but not limited to that the aggregate stated value of the Series C Preferred Stock outstanding does not exceed $3,000,000 and certain additional volume and price conditions are met.
On February 6, 2026, we entered into Common Stock Purchase Agreement (the "Common Stock Purchase Agreement") whereby we have the right, but not the obligation to sell to the investor the lesser of: (a) $50,000,000 of newly issued shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and (b) the Exchange Cap (as defined below), from time to time, at the Company’s sole discretion (each such sale, a “VWAP Purchase”) by delivering an irrevocable written notice to the Investor (each such notice, a “VWAP Purchase Notice”). The Company shall be permitted to deliver a VWAP Purchase Notice to Investor during the period commencing on the Commencement Date (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) and the date that is the first day of the month following the 24-month anniversary of the date on which the initial Registration Statement (as defined below) has been declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, and unless the Purchase Agreement is earlier terminated in accordance with its terms.
Although we continuously monitor operating expenses, we expect that our operating expenses may increase significantly as we discover, acquire, validate and develop our current product candidates and new product candidates; seek regulatory approval and, if approved, proceed to commercialization of new products, including near-term investments in validation of our biologic manufacturing process, preparation of regulatory submissions to domestic and international bodies, and further activities supporting sales and commercialization of Entolimod and, in the future, Entolasta; obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property portfolio; and hire additional personnel. Furthermore, we have incurred and will continue to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. Management expects to incur substantial additional operating losses for the foreseeable future to conduct pre-clinical and clinical trials, complete development or acquisition of new product lines, obtain regulatory approvals, launch and commercialize our products and continue research and development programs. Based on the Company’s current cash levels and burn rate, amongst other things, the Company believes its cash and financial resources may be insufficient to meet the Company’s anticipated needs for the twelve months following the date of issuance of the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2025, included elsewhere in this Report, which raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the issuance date of the financial statements.
Plan of Operation and Future Funding Requirements
We have used our capital resources primarily, to date, to fund marketing and advertising for ClearUP, development of both our trigeminal and our vagus nerve platforms and product candidates, our entry into biologic therapeutics through our License Agreement with Statera, evaluating and conducting diligence on potential licensing and acquisition candidates, and the establishment of public company operating infrastructure and general operations. Although we have taken measures to manage our operating expenses, including the wind down of ClearUP, we expect that our operating expenses may increase as we advance product candidates; seek regulatory approval and, if approved, proceed to commercialization of new products; obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property portfolio; hire additional personnel; and maintain compliance with material government (in addition to environmental) regulations. We may increase our research and development investments in clinical studies to advance additional indications for our licensed TLR5 agonists, Entolimod and Entolasta, in 2026. We also plan to increase investments in manufacturing and regulatory processes for these product candidates as we prepare to seek a Biologics License, via a BLA, from the FDA.
Furthermore, we have incurred, and will continue to incur, significant costs associated with operating as a public company. We expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. At this time, due to the inherently unpredictable nature of research and new product adoption, the regulatory approval process, as well as other macroeconomic factors, we cannot reasonably estimate the costs we will incur and the timelines that will be required to complete development, obtain marketing approval and commercialize future product candidates, if at all. We expect to dedicate our capital resources to the advancement of our TLR5 agonist programs. We do not expect revenues until such time, if ever, that we obtain regulatory approval and are able to commercialize and derive revenue from the sale of our product candidates.
Manufacturing of biologics is inherently unpredictable, and costs and timelines associated with development of the manufacturing processes may vary materially from our expectations. Additionally, clinical and preclinical development timelines, the probability of success, and costs can differ materially from expectations. We cannot forecast which product candidates may be best developed and/or monetized through future collaborations, when such arrangements will be secured, if at all, and to what degree such arrangements would affect our development plans and capital requirements.
In addition to the foregoing, we may, from time to time, consider opportunities for strategic acquisitions, licensing or business combinations that we believe will align with our growth plan, complement our product offerings and be in the best interest of the Company and our shareholders. If any such strategic transactions are identified and pursued, a substantial portion of our cash reserves may be required to complete such transactions. If we identify an attractive opportunity that would require more cash to complete than we are willing or able to use from our cash reserves, we will consider financing options to complete the acquisition, including through equity and/or debt financings.
We have generated operating losses in each period since inception. We have incurred an accumulated deficit of $52.6 million through December 31, 2025. We expect to incur additional losses in the future as we expand our research and development activities. Based on our current cash levels and burn rate, amongst other things, we believe our cash and financial resources may be insufficient to meet our anticipated needs for the next twelve months. As a result, we expect that we will need to raise additional capital to continue operating our business and fund our planned operations, including research and development, clinical trials and, if regulatory approval is obtained, commercialization of future product candidates.
Until we can generate significant revenue from product sales, if ever, we expect to finance our operations through private or public equity or debt financings, collaborative or other arrangements with corporate, foundation or government funding sources, or through other sources of financing. We do not know whether additional financing will be available on commercially acceptable terms, or at all, when needed. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on commercially acceptable terms, our ability to fund our operations, support the growth of our business or otherwise respond to competitive pressures could be significantly delayed or limited, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial conditions or results of operations, and we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development and commercialization of our products and/or future product candidates.
The timing and amount of our operating expenditures will depend largely on:
| ● |
our ability to raise additional capital if and when necessary and on terms favorable to the Company; |
| ● |
the payment terms and timing of commercial contracts entered into for manufacturing and sales of our products to and through online third-party retailers; |
| ● |
the timing and progress of preclinical and clinical development activities; |
| ● |
the number and scope of preclinical and clinical programs we decide to pursue; |
| ● |
the timing and amount of milestone payments we may receive or be required to pay under any future collaboration agreements; |
| ● |
whether we close potential future strategic opportunities, and if we do, our ability to successfully integrate acquired assets and/or businesses with our own; |
| ● |
our ability to source new business opportunities through licenses and research and development programs and to establish new collaboration arrangements; |
| ● |
the costs involved in prosecuting and enforcing patent and other intellectual property claims; |
| ● |
the cost and timing of additional regulatory approvals beyond those currently held by us; |
| ● |
our efforts to enhance operational systems and hire additional personnel, including personnel to support finance, sales, marketing, operations and development of our product candidates and satisfy our obligations as a public company; and |
| ● |
our efforts to maintain compliance with material government (including environmental) regulations. |
Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial revenue from product sales, we expect to fund our operations and capital funding needs through equity and/or debt financings. We may also consider entering into collaboration arrangements or selectively partnering with third parties for clinical development and commercialization. The sale of additional equity would result in additional dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of additional debt would result in debt service obligations, and the instruments governing such debt could provide for operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations or our ability to incur additional indebtedness or pay dividends, among other items. If we raise additional funds through governmental funding, collaborations, strategic partnerships and alliances or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are not able to secure adequate additional funding, we may be forced to make reductions in spending, extend payment terms with suppliers, liquidate assets where possible, and/or suspend or curtail planned programs. Any of these actions could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes our cash flows for the period indicated (in thousands):
| Year Ended December 31, |
||||||||
| 2025 |
2024 |
|||||||
| Cash used in continuing operating activities |
$ | (6,619 | ) | $ | (5,082 | ) | ||
| Cash used in continuing investing activities |
(705 | ) | — | |||||
| Cash provided by continuing financing activities |
18,347 | 4,332 | ||||||
| Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations |
$ | 11,023 | $ | (750 | ) | |||
Operating Activities
Net cash used in continuing operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $6.6 million, which consisted primarily of net loss of $8.0 million decreased by non-cash charges of $922 thousand and a net decrease of $452 thousand in our net operating assets and liabilities. The non-cash charges primarily consisted of stock-based compensation of $564 thousand, the write-off of $143 thousand of offering costs related to unclosed financing arrangements, amortization of debt discount and loan costs of $97 thousand and $93 thousand of warrants issued in exchange for services. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was due to an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $374 thousand and a decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets of $78 thousand.
Net cash used in continuing operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $5.1 million, which consisted primarily of net loss of $4.5 million decreased by non-cash charges of $581 thousand and increased by a net change of $1.2 million in our net operating assets and liabilities. The non-cash charges primarily consisted of stock-based compensation of $229 thousand, and amortization of right-of-use assets of $349 thousand. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $936 thousand and a decrease in lease liabilities of $369 thousand, offset by $112 thousand of decreases in our operating assets.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in continuing investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $705 thousand and consisted primarily of $543 thousand in costs to acquire licenses from Statera and $124 thousand of cash used to issue a note receivable necessary to support the development of our TLR-5 program. There was no cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2024.
Financing Activities
Our continuing financing activities provided $18.4 million of cash during the year ended December 31, 2025, which consisted primarily of $741 thousand of net proceeds from the sale of 235,792 shares of our common stock pursuant to our Equity Purchase Agreement with Mast Hill, $4.3 million of net proceeds from the issuance of 4,900 shares of Series B preferred stock and common stock warrants to purchase an aggregate of 509,987 shares of common stock, and $11.9 million of net proceeds from the sale of 12,000 shares of Series C preferred stock and common warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,904,528 shares of common stock.
Our financing activities provided $4.3 million of cash during the year ended December 31, 2024, which consisted of $3.2 million of net proceeds from the sale of 277,059 shares of our common stock and common warrants to purchase an aggregate of 692,648 shares of common stock in May 2024, net of offering discounts and other costs plus approximately $1.1 million of net proceeds related to the sale of 193,161 shares of our common stock sold pursuant to an ATM agreement, net of commissions and other offering costs.
Known Trends or Uncertainties
As discussed elsewhere in this Report, the world has continued to be affected by the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine and the more recent conflict among the U.S., Israel, Hamas and Iran, economic uncertainty in human capital management (“HCM”) and certain other macroeconomic factors. The general consensus among economists continues to suggest that we should expect a higher recession risk to continue for the near term. Climate change continues to be an intense topic of public discussion and is adding additional challenges and financial burden due to impending preparations and changes in the customer mindset. These factors, amongst other things, could result in further economic uncertainty and volatility in the capital markets in the near term, and could negatively affect our operations. Effects of the pandemic and recent economic volatility have negatively impacted our business in various ways over the last three years, including as a result of global supply chain constraints at least partially attributable to the pandemic. We will continue to monitor material impacts on our HCM strategies, including the potential of employee attrition, amongst other things.
Although we currently do not anticipate supply shortages, they will continue to pose a material risk for the Company in the near term, as a matter of business, we evaluate alternative and secondary source suppliers in order to ensure that we are able to source sufficient components and materials to manufacture our products. Global supply chain shortages (especially when coupled with inflation, tariffs, and other economic factors) could result in an increase in the cost of the components and other materials used in our products and product candidates, which could result in a decrease of our gross margins or in us having to increase the price at which we sell our products until supply chain constraints are resolved. Additionally, in the event that the price of our components or other materials increases significantly or we are unable to source sufficient components and materials from our current suppliers, or to develop relationships with additional suppliers, to manufacture enough of our products to satisfy demand, we may have to cease or slow down production and our business operations and financial condition may be materially harmed and we may need to alter our plan of operation.
Recently, the current administration has implemented, and continues to implement, significant budget cuts, eliminated grant programs and terminated a significant number of employees throughout many different sectors of the federal government. There is still significant uncertainty regarding the ultimate effects these actions may have on the industries in which we operate or our business. Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may slow the time necessary for new devices and drugs to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business.
The United States has recently implemented or threatened to implement tariffs on certain imported goods, including on certain items imported from China, Canada and other countries. In addition, China, Canada and other countries have imposed, or threatened to impose, tariffs on a wide range of American products and placed restrictions on the export of certain items in retaliation for these American tariffs. As a result, there is a concern that the imposition of additional tariffs by the United States could result in the adoption of additional tariffs or export restrictions by China, Canada and/or other countries. This has recently led to significant volatility in the capital markets and increased economic uncertainty. Additionally, any resulting trade war could negatively impact our business. The imposition of tariffs on items imported by us from China, Canada or other countries could increase our costs and could result in lowering our gross margin on products sold.
Additionally, U.S. and global markets are continuing to experience volatility and disruption as a result of geopolitical tensions, including the ongoing military conflicts between Russia and Ukraine and Israel and Hamas. Although the length and impact of the ongoing military conflicts is highly unpredictable, the conflicts in Ukraine and Israel/Palestine could continue to lead to market disruptions, including significant volatility in commodity prices, credit and capital markets, as well as further supply chain interruptions. Additionally, the recent military conflict in Ukraine has led to sanctions and other penalties being levied by the United States, European Union and other countries against Russia. Additional potential sanctions and penalties have also been proposed and/or threatened. Russian military actions and the resulting sanctions could adversely affect the global economy and financial markets and lead to instability and lack of liquidity in capital markets, potentially making it more difficult for us to obtain additional funds.
Although our business has not been materially impacted by the ongoing military conflict between Russia and Ukraine or the conflict between Hamas and Israel to date, it is impossible to predict the extent to which our operations, including the newly in-licensed TLR5 assets, or those of our suppliers and manufacturers, will be impacted in the short and long term, or the ways in which the conflict may impact our business. The extent and duration of the military action, sanctions and resulting market disruptions are impossible to predict, but could be substantial. We are continuing to monitor the situation in Ukraine and globally and assessing its potential impact on our business.
As a result of these global issues and other macroeconomic factors, it has been difficult to accurately forecast our revenues or financial results, especially given the geopolitical issues, recent change in administration, inflation, changes in the Federal Reserve interest rate and the potential for a recession. In addition, while the potential impact and duration of these issues on the economy and our business may be difficult to assess or predict, these world events have resulted in, and may continue to result in, significant disruption of global financial markets, and may reduce our ability to access additional capital, which could negatively affect our liquidity in the future. Our results of operations could be materially below our forecasts as well, which could adversely affect our results of operations, disappoint analysts and investors, or cause our stock price to decline. Furthermore, a decrease in orders in a given period could negatively affect our revenues in future periods.
These global issues and events may also have the effect of heightening many risks associated with our customers and supply chain. We may take further actions that alter our operations as may be required by federal, state, or local authorities from time to time, or which we determine are in our best interests. In addition, we may decide to postpone or abandon planned investments in our business in response to changes in our business, which may impact our ability to attract and retain customers and our rate of innovation, either of which could harm our business.
Inflation
Inflation increased significantly in 2025; although it has decreased recently, future rates are unknown. Inflationary factors, such as increases in the cost of our products, interest rates, overhead costs and transportation costs may adversely affect our operating results. Although we do not believe that inflation has had a material impact on our financial position or results of operations to date, we may experience some effect in the near future (especially if inflation rates continue to rise) due to supply chain constraints, consequences associated with the ongoing conflicts between Russia and Ukraine, employee availability and wage increases, trade tariffs imposed on certain products from China and increased component and services pricing.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
Office Lease
On May 30, 2024, we entered into a Co-Working Space Agreement, pursuant to which we rented office space in Fremont, California for a total of $1 thousand per month. The agreement had an initial term of six months that commenced June 1, 2024, after which it became a month-to-month agreement until its termination effective December 31, 2025.
Lease costs recorded during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 were $118 thousand and $222 thousand, respectively.
In March 2026, we entered into three facility leases in connection with our subsidiary’s operations in San Antonio, TX. At the same time, we relocated our corporate headquarters to San Antonio, TX. The corporate headquarters are located within the Velocity Bioworks, Inc administrative offices.
On March 13, 2026, we entered into a lease for an 8,024 square foot facility that will serve as Velocity’s microbial facility. The initial term of the lease is eight years, unless earlier terminated by the parties pursuant to the lease terms. We have (i) a one-time option to extend the lease term for an additional period of five years and (ii) the exclusive option to purchase the building from the landlord at any time during the first 24 months of the initial term for $12.5 million. Initial monthly base rent is approximately $22,605 for the first twelve months, or a total of $271,260, with annual dollar increases in later years of the lease term. The aggregate base rent over the eight-year lease term is approximately $5.34 million. Pursuant to the lease, we are also obligated to pay additional expenses related to our share of operating expenses, taxes and utilities related to the premises.
On March 9, 2026, we entered into a lease for a 20,144 square foot facility that will serve as Velocity’s mammalian facility. The lease term is 102 months, effective January 1, 2026, unless earlier terminated by the parties pursuant to the lease terms. Initial monthly base rent is approximately $55,030 for the first twelve months, or a total of $660,357, with annual increases of approximately 3%. The aggregate base rent over the lease term is approximately $6.29 million. Pursuant to the lease, we are also obligated to pay additional expenses related to our share of operating expenses, taxes and utilities related to the premises.
On March 13, 2026, we entered into a sublease for approximately 8,122 square feet of office space that will serve as Velocity’s administrative offices. The lease term is 102 months, effective January 1, 2026, unless earlier terminated by the parties pursuant to the lease terms. Initial monthly base rent is approximately $30,436 with annual increases of approximately 3%. The aggregate base rent over the lease term is approximately $3.9 million. Pursuant to the lease, we are also obliged to pay additional expenses related to our share of operating expenses, taxes and utilities related to the premises.
Purchase Commitments
We enter into contracts in the normal course of business with our contract manufacturer and other vendors to assist in the manufacturing of our products and performance of our research and development activities and other services for operating purposes. These contracts generally provide for termination for convenience after expiration of an advance notice period ranging from 0 to 60 days and therefore are cancelable contracts and not included in the table of contractual obligations and commitments.
Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates
The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (U.S. GAAP) requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in those financial statements and accompanying notes. Although we believe that the estimates we use are reasonable, due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making those estimates, actual results reported in future periods could differ from those estimates.
We believe that the accounting policies described below involve a high degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of our operations.
Stock-Based Compensation
We measure all stock options and other stock-based awards granted to our employees, directors, consultants and other non-employee service providers based on the fair value on the date of the grant. Compensation expense related to awards to employees and directors with service-based vesting conditions is recognized on a straight-line basis based on the grant date fair value over the associated service period of the award, which is typically the vesting term. Compensation expense related to awards to employees with performance-based vesting conditions is recognized based on grant date fair value over the requisite service period using the accelerated attribution method to the extent achievement of the performance condition is probable. Non-employee option awards are measured at the earlier of the commitment date for performance by the counterparty or the date when the performance is complete, and compensation expense is recognized in the same manner as if we had paid cash for goods or services.
We classify stock-based compensation expense in our statement of operations in the same way the award recipient’s payroll costs are classified or in which the award recipients’ service payments are classified.
We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock options on the date of grant. Using the Black-Scholes option pricing model requires management to make significant assumptions and judgments. We determined these assumptions for the Black-Scholes option-pricing model as discussed below.
| ● |
Expected Term—The expected term represents the period that the stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. As we do not have sufficient historical experience to determine the expected term of the granted stock option awards, we based our expected term for awards issued to employees and non-employees using the simplified method which is presumed to be the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contracted term. |
| ● |
Risk-Free Interest Rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the date of grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury constant maturity notes with terms approximately equal to the stock-based awards’ expected term. |
| ● |
Expected Volatility—Since we do not have a trading history of common stock, the expected volatility was derived from the average historical stock volatilities of the common stock of several public companies within the industry that we consider to be comparable to our business over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock-based awards. |
| ● |
Dividend Rate—The expected dividend rate is zero as we have not paid and do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. |
| ● |
Fair Value of Common Stock—Prior to our IPO, the fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock-based awards was determined by our Board with input from management. Because there was no public market for our common stock, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock at the time of grant of the stock-based award by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including having valuations of the common stock performed by a third-party valuation specialist, as further described below. |
Common Stock Valuations
The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying our stock-based awards prior to our IPO was determined by our Board with input from management and contemporaneous third-party valuations. We believe that our Board had the relevant experience and expertise to determine the fair value of our common stock prior to our IPO. Given the absence of a public trading market of our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, our Board exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock at each grant date. These factors include:
| ● |
contemporaneous valuations of our common stock performed by independent third-party specialists; |
| ● |
the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock; |
| ● |
the prices of common or convertible preferred stock sold to third-party investors by us; |
| ● |
lack of marketability of our common stock; |
| ● |
our actual operating and financial performance; |
| ● |
current business conditions and projections; |
| ● |
hiring of key personnel and the experience of our management; |
| ● |
the history of the company and notable milestones; |
| ● |
our stage of development; |
| ● |
likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of our company given prevailing market conditions; |
| ● |
the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and |
| ● |
the U.S. and global capital market conditions. |
In valuing our common stock, our Board determined the equity value of our business using the hybrid method with input from management and contemporaneous third-party valuations. The hybrid method is based upon the probability-weighted value across two scenarios, being (i) successfully consummating an initial public offering and (ii) alternative scenarios in which an initial public offering is not consummated. The hybrid method can be a useful alternative to explicitly modeling all probability-weighted expected return scenarios in situations when the company has transparency into one or more near term exits but is unsure about what will occur if current plans do not materialize. In the first scenario, the potential exit date, the probability exit value, and the likelihood of interim financings were considered. In the second scenario, which was assigned the residual probability, the potential exit date, the equity volatility, the assumed interest rate, the dividend yield and equity inflection points at which the allocation of proceeds changes were considered. The valuation method considers the total number of shares authorized and outstanding, as well as recent issuances of both preferred and common stock.
Application of these approaches involves the use of estimates, judgment and assumptions that are highly complex and subjective, such as those regarding the time to the liquidation event and volatility. Changes in these estimates and assumptions or the relationships between these assumptions impact our valuations as of each valuation date and may have a material impact on the valuation of common stock.
Following our IPO, the fair value of each share of underlying common stock is based on the closing price of our common stock as reported by the Nasdaq Capital Market, or such other national securities exchange that our common stock may be listed on in the future, on the date of grant or as otherwise provided in our A&R 2021 Plan. Future expense amounts for any particular period could be affected by changes in our assumptions or market conditions.
Emerging Growth Company Status
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company until December 31, 2026. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include:
| ● |
reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; |
| ● |
no non-binding stockholder advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and |
| ● |
exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. |
We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this Report and may continue to do so until such time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of (a) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.235 billion or more, (b) December 31, 2026, the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our IPO, (c) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years or (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a "large accelerated filer" under the rules of the SEC. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.
In addition, we are also a "smaller reporting company" as defined in the Exchange Act. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as (i) our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter or (ii) our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
For a description of recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 2 of the notes to our audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2025, included elsewhere in this Report.
Item 7A – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Not applicable.
Item 8 - Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
See the financial statements included elsewhere in this Report beginning at page F-1, which are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 9 – Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A - Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, after evaluating our “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this Report (the “Evaluation Date”), have concluded that as of the Evaluation Date, our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms, and to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in such reports is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, where appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Management assessed our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, the end of our fiscal year. Management based its assessment on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework). Management’s assessment included evaluation of elements such as the design and operating effectiveness of key financial reporting controls, process documentation, accounting policies, and our overall control environment.
In connection with this assessment, management determined that there was a material weakness in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting due to the small size of our accounting and financial reporting team. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Due to the material weakness, management concluded that as of December 31, 2025, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was not effective. Management reviewed the results of management’s assessment with the Audit and Risk Committee of our Board.
In order to address and resolve the weakness, the Company is evaluating the optimal accounting and finance personnel level/resources, to the extent feasible based upon the Company’s financial position, and continues to enhance its relevant processes and procedures.
As a result of the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, and the resulting amendment of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as a smaller reporting company, the Company is not required to provide an attestation report by our independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 or thereafter, until such time as we are no longer eligible for the exemption for smaller issuers set forth within the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls
Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well-designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. The design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of controls to future periods are subject to risks. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no material changes in our internal controls over financial reporting during the year ended December 31, 2025, that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Management’s goal is to continue to improve upon our internal control environment as we refine our processes and procedures to address our growing business and operations in other geographies. As we continue to evaluate and take actions to improve our internal control over financial reporting, we may determine to take additional actions to address control deficiencies or determine to modify certain of the remediation measurements that we are anticipating to make, which may include, without limitation, retaining a third party to assist with the implementation of any such remediations. The retention of third-party service providers for purposes of remediation may involve us incurring material costs in the future.
Securities Trading Plans of Directors and Executive Officers
During the three months ended December 31, 2025, of our directors or officers entered into, modified or terminated a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” that were intended to satisfy the affirmative defense conditions of Rule 10b5-1, in each case as defined in Item 408 of Regulation S-K.
Item 9C – Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
Not applicable.
Item 10 – Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance
Directors
The following table sets forth the names, ages, and positions of our directors as of March 17, 2026. There are no arrangements or understandings between any director and any other person pursuant to which any director was or is to be selected as a director.
| Name |
Age |
Position |
|||
| Michael K. Handley |
55 | Chief Executive Officer and Director |
|||
| Sheryle Bolton |
79 | Chair of the Board |
|||
| Christina Valauri |
70 | Director |
|||
| Dean Zikria |
58 | Director |
|||
Michael K. Handley has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a director since March 3, 2026; he also served as our Chief Operating Officer from February 2025 to March 2026. Mr. Handley brings over two decades of cross-functional experience in drug/device commercialization, regulatory/clinical affairs, operations, strategic transactions, market development and partnering/licensing. Previously, from July 2021 until February 2025, Mr. Handley served as President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of Statera Biopharma, Inc. From July 2019 to March 2020, he served as the Chief Executive Officer and a director of Immune Therapeutics. Prior to that, from 2012 to 2018, Mr. Handley served as the Chief Executive Officer and a director of Armis Biopharma, a development-stage healthcare company, where Mr. Handley was responsible for day-to-day operations, executing a profitable growth strategy, obtaining global product approvals, overseeing intellectual property strategy, product commercialization, business development and financing. Mr. Handley founded Vessix Vascular, Inc. in 2011 and served as its Vice President of Clinical, Quality and Regulatory until 2012, when it was acquired. Mr. Handley also served as the Global Head of Regulatory at Acclarent, Inc. from 2010 to 2011 until it was acquired. Prior to that, he served in senior executive roles at Spectranetics (Nasdaq: SPNC), a medical device company, and Accelapure Corporation, a biotechnology company. Prior to beginning his business career, Mr. Handley spent several years in various consulting and drug development roles at the public biotech companies Genentech, Inc. (Nasdaq: DNA), Amgen Inc. (Nasdaq: AMGN) and Gliatech Inc. (formerly Nasdaq: GLIA). Mr. Handley graduated cum laude from Colorado State University with Bachelor of Science degrees in molecular biology, physiology and minors in chemistry, and neurobiology in 1995. Mr. Handley attended The Graziadio Business School of Pepperdine University for his Executive Master of Business Administration degree.
Sheryle Bolton has served as a director on our Board since July 16, 2019, and as Chair of the Board since August 18, 2021. She is an experienced serial technology entrepreneur, public company chief executive officer, corporate executive, speaker, board member, and investor. Ms. Bolton has been a corporate executive in financial services, media, and health care and has served on the boards of private and public corporations, ranging from large groups of mutual funds to technology and finance companies, as well as non-profits, including an NGO, where she served as Chair of the audit committee, focused on financing small businesses in Asia and Sub-Saharan Africa and Berry College, a private college with an internationally known work-study program. Ms. Bolton worked in private equity investing as an investment banker at Merrill Lynch Capital Markets, as Director of Strategy at Home Box Office and in asset management at Rockefeller & Co. In her roles as Chief Executive Officer, she raised significant funding for several start-ups from angels, venture capital, and the public and institutional markets. She previously served as Chief Executive Officer of Scientific Learning Corporation, a health care and educational technology company, where she led the company from pre-product to IPO with venture funding from Warburg Pincus. She also served as Chief Executive Officer and Chair of the public company after completion of their IPO. She has served as a board member for more than forty Scudder-Kemper mutual funds. From 2015 to 2021, Ms. Bolton was an adjunct Professor of Practice at Hult International Business School, where she taught entrepreneurship and finance courses in graduate and undergraduate programs. She has also been an invited speaker on business and entrepreneurship in the U.S., Asia, the Pacific Rim, Latin America, and Europe. Harvard Business School recognized Ms. Bolton as one of its most influential female graduates in Silicon Valley and the San Francisco Bay Area. She was a recipient of the first Springboard All-Women’s IPO Class award, formerly served as Chair of Watermark, the largest organization in Silicon Valley for female executives and entrepreneurs, and is a recipient of the “A Woman Who Made Her Mark” award, among many other honors and recognition. Ms. Bolton started her career as a Peace Corps Volunteer in Africa. She holds a Bachelor of Arts. and a Master of Arts in Linguistics from the University of Georgia and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School.
Christina Valauri has served as a director on our Board since July 1, 2024, prior to which she served as a strategic advisor to the Company starting in April 2023, and brings over 30 years of experience as a seasoned capital markets professional with extensive analytical and management experience. Ms. Valauri has a proven track record as a senior healthcare analyst, U.S. and Global Head of Equity Research, senior broker-dealer manager, strategic business consultant, and board director and advisor. As a managing director and senior manager within capital markets, she has successfully developed and executed transformational business strategies in the U.S. and internationally to drive growth, and provided enhanced operating performance and comprehensive regulatory and supervisory oversight. She has held leadership roles at U.S. and international firms, including as the Global Director of Research at Cantor Fitzgerald, and senior research management roles at Credit Lyonnais, ING and Natixis. Ms. Valauri’s career in equity securities research expands the Board’s deep expertise in pharmaceutical, biotech, and med-tech industries. She has extensive experience identifying and analyzing the commercial potential of breakthrough innovations, as well as mentoring and advising C-suite teams of private and public early-stage healthcare companies through product development, regulatory, go-to-market strategies, potential mergers and acquisitions, and IPOs.
Ms. Valauri has held the position of Entrepreneur in Residence at Weill Cornell Medicine BioVenture eLab and serves as a guest lecturer in the Accelerating BioVenture Innovation (ABI) course which educates scientists and clinicians on transforming scientific discoveries into useful commercial medical technologies. She is currently a BioVenture eLab mentor where she applies her skills and experience in life sciences and business and supports and facilitates the organization’s mission to foster an entrepreneurial ecosystem related to the innovations of researchers and clinicians. Ms. Valauri is the founder and CEO of Sagestone Advisory, LLC, and where she advises growing and pre-revenue companies on formulating and executing growth strategies. She has been recognized by The Wall Street Journal’s “Best on the Street” All-Star Analyst Survey and has received the Award for Excellence in Medical Education Public Affairs Association of American Medical Colleges NYU. Ms. Valauri holds a Bachelor of Arts in Biology from Reed College, an Executive Master of Business Administration from Cornell University Johnson School of Management and holds the National Association of Corporate Directors Directorship Certification (NACD.dc) and Competent Boards Sustainability & ESG Designation (GCB.D).
Dean Zikria has served as a director on our Board since July 10, 2019. Mr. Zikria brings deep industry experience in allergy and asthma as well as other chronic diseases to the board. Since August 2019, Dean has been the Founder, CEO and Chairman of Mind Machine LLC, a Silicon Valley based marketing/advertising agency - focused on the MedTech industry. From June 1, 2021, until January 2023, he served as the Chief Commercial Officer at Intuity Medical Inc., a Silicon Valley MedTech company launching a highly disruptive glucose meter in the diabetes industry. In addition, he has served as Chairman of DZ Advisors, LLC, a company founded by Mr. Zikria in 2017 that provides consulting and advisory services to the medtech, biotech, digital health and pharmaceutical industries; since inception, where he also served as President from December 2017 until May 31, 2021. Mr. Zikria also sits on the boards of the following privately held companies: AsthmaTek, Inc., a startup digital health company in the asthma space; Brev.Dev, Inc., a technology company developing a disruptive platform to aid developers. Dean previously served as Chief Executive Officer of Spirosure Inc., a FeNO detection company for asthma diagnostics, from 2014 to 2017. Additionally, he previously served as head of global marketing for Johnson & Johnson’s Animas Corporation within their medical device & diagnostics division. He was head of strategy for Pfizer Pharmaceuticals U.S. Cardiovascular Unit, a division with approximately $7 billion in annual revenues. Mr. Zikria brings experience in strategic planning, scenario planning and analysis, and mergers and acquisitions, including sourcing, transactions and integration.
Board Classification
In accordance with the terms of our Certificate of Incorporation, our Board is divided into three staggered classes, and each of our directors is assigned to one of the three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class of directors is elected for a three-year term, as set forth below. Currently, our directors are divided among the three classes as follows:
| • |
The Class I directors are Christina Valauri and Michael K. Handley, and their current terms will expire at our 2028 annual meeting of stockholders; |
| • |
The Class II director is Dean Zikria, and his current term will expire at our 2026 annual meeting; and |
| • |
The Class III director is Sheryle Bolton, and her current term will expire at our 2027 annual meeting of stockholders. |
Board Committees
The Board has three standing committees, the Audit and Risk Committee, the Compensation Committee, and the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee, to assist it with the performance of its responsibilities. The Board designates the members of these committees and the committee chairs based on the recommendation of the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee. The Board has adopted written charters for each of these committees, all of which can be found on our corporate website at https://tivichealth.com/investor/. The chair of each committee develops the agenda for that committee and determines the frequency and length of committee meetings.
Audit and Risk Committee
Our Board has established an Audit and Risk Committee, which consists of three independent directors, Dean Zikria, Sheryle Bolton and Christina Valauri, with Sheryle Bolton serving as the Chairperson. The Board has determined that each member of the Audit and Risk Committee meets the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act, and the applicable rules of Nasdaq, and has sufficient knowledge in financial and auditing matters to serve on the Audit and Risk Committee. The committee’s primary duties include:
| ● |
selecting a firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements; |
| ● |
reviewing and discussing with management and our independent auditor our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures, including disclosure under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and the results of the independent auditor’s audit or review, as the case may be; |
| ● |
reviewing our financial reporting processes and internal control over financial reporting systems and the performance, generally, of our internal audit function; |
| ● |
overseeing the audit and other services of our independent registered public accounting firm and being directly responsible for the appointment, independence, qualifications, compensation and oversight of the independent registered public accounting firm, which reports directly to the Audit and Risk Committee; |
| ● |
providing an open means of communication among our independent registered public accounting firm, management, our internal auditing function and our Board; |
| ● |
reviewing any disagreements between our management and the independent registered public accounting firm regarding our financial reporting; |
| ● |
preparing the Audit and Risk Committee report for inclusion in our proxy statement for our annual stockholder meetings; |
| ● |
establishing procedures for complaints received regarding our accounting, internal accounting control and auditing matters; |
| ● |
overseeing the Company’s enterprise risk management process; and |
| ● |
approving all audit and permissible non-audit services conducted by our independent registered public accounting firm. |
The Board has determined that Sheryle Bolton is an “audit committee financial expert,” as that term is defined in the rules promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Board has further determined that each of the members of the Audit and Risk Committee is financially literate and that at least one member of the committee has accounting or related financial management expertise, as such terms are interpreted by the Board in its business judgment.
Compensation Committee
Our Board has established a Compensation Committee, which consists of three independent directors (as defined under the general independence standards of Nasdaq and our Corporate Governance Guidelines): Dean Zikria, Sheryle Bolton and Christina Valauri are each a “non-employee director” (within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act). Sheryle Bolton serves as Chairperson of the Compensation Committee. The committee’s primary duties include:
| ● |
reviewing all overall compensation policies and practices; |
| ● |
administering the Company’s compensation recovery policy; |
| ● |
approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to executive officer compensation and evaluate executive officer performance in light of those goals and objectives; |
| ● |
determining and approving executive officer compensation, including base salary and incentive awards; |
| ● |
reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to the Board regarding compensation plans; |
| ● |
administering our equity incentive plan, subject to Board approval; and |
| ● |
reviewing succession planning for key executives. |
Our Compensation Committee determines and approves elements of executive officer compensation, except that compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer will be subject to review and approval by the Board. It also provides recommendations to the Board with respect to non-employee director compensation. The Compensation Committee may not delegate its authority to any other person, other than to a subcommittee.
Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee
Our Board has also established a Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee, which consists of Dean Zikria, Sheryle Bolton and Christina Valauri, with Christina Valauri serving as Chairperson. The committee’s primary duties include:
| ● |
recruiting new directors, consider director nominees recommended by stockholders and others and recommend nominees for election as directors; |
| ● |
reviewing the size and composition of our Board and committees; |
| ● |
overseeing the evaluation of the Board; |
| ● |
recommending actions to increase the Board’s effectiveness; and |
| ● |
developing, recommending and overseeing our corporate governance principles, including our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and our Corporate Governance Guidelines. |
Nomination of Directors
Our Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee is charged with making recommendations to our Board regarding qualified candidates to serve as members of the Board. The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee’s goal is to assemble a board of directors with the skills and characteristics that, taken as a whole, will ensure a strong board of directors with experience and expertise in all aspects of corporate governance. Accordingly, the committee believes that candidates for director should have certain minimum qualifications, including personal integrity, strength of character, an inquiring and independent mind, practical wisdom, and mature judgment. In evaluating director nominees, the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee considers the following factors:
| (1) |
The appropriate size of the Board; |
| (2) |
The Company’s needs with respect to the particular talents and experience of its directors; |
| (3) |
The knowledge, skills, and experience of nominees, including experience in technology, business, finance, administration, and/or public service; and |
| (4) |
Relevant Nasdaq, SEC, California, and investor recommendations and requirements, as applicable. |
Other than the foregoing, there are no stated minimum criteria for director nominees, although the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee may also consider such other factors as it deems to be in the Company’s and its stockholders’ best interests, including diversity. The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee does, however, believe it appropriate for at least one member of the Board to meet the criteria for an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined by Commission rules, and for a majority of the members of the Board to meet the definition of an “independent director” under Nasdaq listing standards. The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee also believes it is appropriate for our Chief Executive Officer to serve on our Board.
The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee identifies nominees by first evaluating the current members of the relevant class of our Board that are willing to continue in service. Current members of our Board with skills and experience that are relevant to our business and who are willing to continue in service are considered for re-nomination, but the committee at all times seeks to balance the value of continuity of service by existing members of the Board with that of obtaining a new perspective. If any member of the relevant class of our Board does not wish to continue in service at the time that their term is scheduled to expire, the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee’s policy is to not re-nominate that member for re-election. The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee identifies the desired skills and experience of a new nominee and then uses its network and external resources to solicit and compile a list of eligible candidates.
We do not have a formal policy concerning stockholder recommendations of nominees for directors to the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee, as, to date, we have not received any recommendations from stockholders requesting the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee to consider a candidate for inclusion among the Company’s slate of nominees in our proxy statements. However, the absence of such a policy does not mean that such recommendations will not be considered. Notwithstanding the foregoing, stockholders wishing to recommend a candidate for election must follow the process outlined in Section 2.5 of our Bylaws and comply with the rules established by the Commission, including Rule 14a-19(b) of the Exchange Act, as applicable.
Executive Officers
The following table sets forth the names, ages, and positions of our executive officers as of March 17, 2026. There are no arrangements or understandings between any executive officer and any other person pursuant to which any executive officer was selected to serve in such role.
| Name |
Age |
Position |
|||
| Jennifer Ernst |
57 | Former Chief Executive Officer and Director |
|||
| Lisa Wolf |
63 | Chief Financial Officer |
|||
| Michael K. Handley |
55 | Chief Executive Officer and Director (Former Chief Operating Officer) |
|||
Jennifer Ernst was a co-founder and previously served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a director from September 2016 until her departure in March 2026; she also served as our Chief Financial Officer from September 2016 to July 2021. Previously, Ms. Ernst served as the Chief Executive Officer of the U.S. subsidiary of Thin Film Electronics ASA from April 2011 to December 2015. Ms. Ernst also served as the Chief Strategy Officer of Thin Film Electronics ASA from January 2014 to December 2015, where she established and guided the strategic planning process across all business functions and four separate product lines. Ms. Ernst also worked for Xerox PARC for over 20 years, where she held multiple go-to-market roles, including as the Director of Business Development. Ms. Ernst previously served as a director of FlexTech Alliance, the U.S. national consortium for flexible and printed electronics, for four years, including one year as the Chair. Ms. Ernst earned her Master of Business Administration degree from Santa Clara University.
Lisa Wolf currently serves as our Chief Financial Officer, a role she has held since July 3, 2025, prior to which she served as interim Chief Financial Officer from October 2024 until July 2025. Ms. Wolf brings over 30 years of experience in public accounting and private industry, including for both public and private companies spanning multiple industries. Ms. Wolf has played a key role in supporting the Company’s accounting and SEC reporting functions on an out-sourced basis since June 2022, when she joined Murdock Martell as Vice President. Murdock Martell is a consulting and recruiting firm offering cutting-edge finance, accounting and human relations solutions focused primarily on life science and technology sectors. Prior to joining Murdock Martell, Ms. Wolf spent eight years at Resonant, Inc. (Nasdaq: RESN), a micro-cap public technology company that was acquired by Murata Electronics North America, Inc. in March 2022, initially serving as Vice President of Finance and then Chief Accounting Officer of Resonant, Inc. Ms. Wolf holds a B.S. in Business Administration from California State University, Northridge and earned her CPA while working at Arthur Andersen.
Michael Handley currently serves as our Chief Executive Officer and as a director, effective March 3, 2026, and previously served as our Chief Operating Officer and President of Tivic Biopharma from February 2025 until March 2026. Please see Mr. Handley's biography under the section entitled “Directors,” above.
Family Relationships
There are no family relationships among any of our directors and executive officers.
Legal Proceedings
To our knowledge, (i) no director or executive officer has been a director or executive officer of any business that has filed a bankruptcy petition or had a bankruptcy petition filed against it during the past ten years; (ii) no director or executive officer has been convicted of a criminal offense or is the subject of a pending criminal proceeding during the past ten years; (iii) no director or executive officer has been the subject of any order, judgment or decree of any court permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting his involvement in any type of business, securities or banking activities during the past ten years; and (iv) no director or officer has been found by a court to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law during the past ten years.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on our corporate website at https://tivichealth.com/investor/. We intend to disclose any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our corporate website or in a Current Report on Form -K.
Compensation Recovery Policy
In November 2023, we adopted a compensation recovery policy (the “Compensation Recovery Policy”) that is designed to comply with, and will be interpreted in a manner consistent with, Section 10D and Rule 10D-1 of the Exchange Act and the applicable rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market, including any interpretive guidance provided by Nasdaq. Under our Compensation Recovery Policy, in the event of an accounting restatement due to the Company’s material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, including any required accounting restatement to correct a material error in previously issued financial statements, or that would result in a material misstatement if the error were corrected in the current period or left uncorrected in the current period, the Company must recover erroneously awarded incentive-based compensation previously paid to the Company’s executive officers in accordance with the terms of such Compensation Recovery Policy. Furthermore, under the Compensation Recovery Policy, the Company is prohibited from indemnifying any executive officer or former executive officer against the loss of erroneously awarded incentive-based compensation and from paying or reimbursing an executive officer for purchasing insurance to cover any such loss.
A copy of our Compensation Recovery Policy is attached as Exhibit 97.1 to this Report.
Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports
Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company’s directors and executive officers and persons who beneficially own more than ten percent of a registered class of the Company’s equity securities to file with the Commission initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership of Common Stock and other equity securities of the Company. Officers, directors and greater than ten percent beneficial stockholders are required by Commission regulations to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. To the best of the Company’s knowledge based solely on a review of Forms 3, 4, and 5 (and any amendments thereof) received by us during or with respect to the year ended December 31, 2025 and written representations that no other reports were required, there were no late Section 16 filings during the year ended December 31, 2025.
Overview
This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our named executive officers who are named in the “Summary Compensation Table,” below. For the fiscal year ending December 31, 2025, our “named executive officers” and their positions were as follows:
| ● | Jennifer Ernst, our former Chief Executive Officer; |
| ● | Michael K. Handley, our Chief Executive Officer and former Chief Operating Officer; and |
| ● | Lisa Wolf, our Chief Financial Officer. |
This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt in the future may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.
Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2025 , and December 31, 2024, the dollar value of all cash and non-cash compensation earned by our named executive officers, as set forth above.
| Name and Principal Position |
Year |
Salary ($) |
Bonus ($) |
Stock Awards ($) (1) |
Option Awards ($) (2) |
All Other Compensation ($) (3) |
Totals ($) |
|||||||||||||||||||
| Jennifer Ernst, |
2025 |
300,000 | — | 68,750 | 255,850 | 28,016 | 396,767 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Former Chief Executive Officer and Director |
2024 |
275,000 | — | 113,000 | 36,160 | 42,456 | 430,456 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Michael Handley, |
2025 |
261,250 | — | 305,655 | 135,450 | 23,789 | 590,694 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Chief Executive Officer and Director; Former Chief Operating Officer |
2024 |
— | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||
| Lisa Wolf, |
2025 |
(4) | 116,364 | — | — | 240,800 | 217,614 | 333,977 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Chief Financial Officer |
2024 |
(4) | — | — | 5,650 | — | 59,469 | 65,119 | ||||||||||||||||||
| (1) |
Amounts shown in the “Stock Awards” column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units issued in fiscal 2025 and 2024. These amounts represent the grant date fair value of stock awards granted in fiscal 2025 and 2024 computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See Note 15 to our financial statements included in Report regarding assumptions underlying the valuation of equity awards. |
| (2) |
Amounts shown in the “Option Awards” column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options issued in fiscal 2025 and 2024. These amounts represent the grant date fair value of stock options granted in fiscal 2025 and 2024 computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. We do not include any impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting terms in these calculations. See Note 15 to our financial statements included in Report regarding assumptions underlying the valuation of equity awards. |
| (3) |
Includes the cost of health insurance coverage and benefits paid by the Company that is not reimbursed. |
| (4) |
Lisa Wolf provided services as a contractor for the period October 2024 until July 2025. Payments made pursuant to the contractor agreement are included in all other compensation. |
Narrative to the summary compensation table
Employment Agreements / Arrangements
As of the year ended December 31, 2025, we had executive employment agreements in place with Jennifer Ernst, our former Chief Executive Officer, Michael Handley, our Chief Executive Officer (and former Chief Operating Officer) and Lisa Wolf, our Chief Financial Officer. A summary of the terms of such agreements is set forth below. A summary of the material terms of such agreements is set forth below.
Currently, the annual compensation of each of our executive officers is determined by the Board. The named executive officers are also entitled to participate in the Company’s benefit plans, which benefits are generally available to all full-time employees.
Executive Employment Agreement with Jennifer Ernst
On October 8, 2025, the Company entered into an executive employment agreement (the “Ernst Employment Agreement”) with Jennifer Ernst, the Company’s former Chief Executive Officer, which replaced and superseded that executive offer letter previously entered into by and between the Company and Ms. Ernst on July 31, 2021.
Pursuant to the Ernst Employment Agreement, Ms. Ernst (i) was entitled to receive a base salary of $325,000 per annum (subject to review and adjustment in accordance with the Company’s normal performance review practices); (ii) was eligible to receive, at the sole discretion of the Board an annual end-of-year incentive bonus in an amount up to 50% of her base salary; and (iii) was eligible to receive annual focal grants, as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board, pursuant to the A&R 2021 Equity Incentive Plan.
Effective March 2, 2026, Jennifer Ernst resigned from her positions as Chief Executive Officer and, effective March 5, 2026, as a member of the Board. On March 3, 2026, the Company and Ms. Ernst entered into a Separation Agreement (the “Separation Agreement”). Ms. Ernst’s resignation was not the result of any dispute or disagreement with the Company or management on any matter relating to the Company’s operations, policies or practices.
Pursuant to the Separation Agreement and consistent with Ms. Ernst’s Executive Employment Agreement, dated October 8, 2025, Ms. Ernst will receive: (i) an aggregate cash payment of $325,000 over a 12-month period (the “Severance Period”), (ii) continued coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986 (“COBRA”) for the duration of the Severance Period, (iii) continued vesting of all outstanding unvested equity awards held by Ms. Ernst as of the Effective Date for the duration of the Severance Period, and (iv) $50,000 in restricted common stock of the Company, subject to shareholder approval.
Executive Employment Agreement with Michael K. Handley
On February 12, 2025, in connection with his appointment as Chief Operating Officer of the Company and President of the Tivic Biopharma division, the Company and Mr. Handley entered into an executive employment agreement (the “Handley Employment Agreement”), pursuant to which Mr. Handley (i) is entitled to receive a base salary of $300,000 per annum (subject to review and adjustment in accordance with the Company’s normal performance review practices); (ii) will be eligible to receive, at the sole discretion of the Board, an annual end-of-year incentive bonus in an amount up to 35% of his base salary, commencing the year following the start of his employment; and (iii) may be eligible to receive annual focal grants, as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board, pursuant to the A&R 2021 Plan.
In addition to the foregoing compensation, as an inducement material to his entering into employment with the Company, effective as of February 18, 2025, Mr. Handley was granted 600,000 restricted stock units (the “Inducement Grant”), 25% of which shall vest upon the first anniversary of the grant date and the remaining 75% of which will vest in equal quarterly installments over the three years thereafter. The Inducement Grant was granted outside of the A&R 2021 Plan in reliance on the employment inducement exemption provided under the Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(c)(4). Although the Inducement Grant was granted outside of the A&R 2021 Plan, except as otherwise set forth in the grant notice and grant agreement, the terms, conditions, and definitions set forth in A&R 2021 Plan will apply to the Inducement Grant as though it had been granted under the A&R 2021 Plan.
Pursuant to the Handley Employment Agreement, Mr. Handley’s employment is “at will,” meaning that either he or the Company are entitled to terminate Mr. Handley’s employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. In the event that his employment with the Company is terminated for any reason before December 31 of any given year, he will not be entitled to receive an annual end-of-year bonus. In the event that (i) Mr. Handley elects to terminate his employment with the Company other than for good reason, (ii) the Company terminates his employment for cause, or (iii) his employment is terminated as a result of his death or disability, then Mr. Handley will not be entitled to receive any separation benefits. In the event that Mr. Handley terminates his employment for good reason or the Company terminates his employment without cause, provided that his employment with the Company continues for at least six months after execution of the Handley Employment Agreement, then Mr. Handley shall be entitled to receive payment equal to his base salary for a period of six months after termination, payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures, and the Company shall pay his COBRA coverage for a period of six months after termination.
Executive Employment Agreement with Lisa Wolf
On July 3, 2025, the Board appointed Ms. Wolf to serve as the Company’s permanent Chief Financial Officer, effective July 7, 2025. She had been serving as the Company’s Interim Chief Financial Officer as a non-employee consultant since October 2024, prior to which she played a key role in supporting the Company’s accounting and SEC reporting functions on an out-sourced basis since June 2022. In connection with her appointment as permanent Chief Financial Officer of the Company, Ms. Wolf became an employee of the Company and no longer continued to serve as a consultant.
In connection with Ms. Wolf’s appointment as permanent Chief Financial Officer, on July 4, 2025, the Company and Ms. Wolf entered into an executive employment agreement (the “Wolf Employment Agreement”), effective July 7, 2025. Pursuant to the Wolf Employment Agreement, Ms. Wolf (i) is entitled to receive a base salary of $240,000 per annum (subject to review and adjustment in accordance with the Company’s normal performance review practices); (ii) will be eligible to receive, at the sole discretion of the Board, an annual end-of-year incentive bonus in an amount up to 35% of her base salary; and (iii) may be eligible to receive annual focal grants, as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board, pursuant to the A&R 2021 Plan. Effective January 1, 2026, the Board resolved to increase Ms. Wolf's base salary to $320,000 per annum.
Pursuant to the Wolf Employment Agreement, Ms. Wolf’s employment is “at will,” meaning that either she or the Company are entitled to terminate Ms. Wolf’s employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. In the event that her employment with the Company is terminated for any reason before December 31 of any given year, she will not be entitled to receive an annual end-of-year incentive bonus. In the event that (i) Ms. Wolf elects to terminate her employment with the Company other than for good reason, (ii) the Company terminates her employment for cause, or (iii) her employment is terminated as a result of her death or disability, then Ms. Wolf will not be entitled to receive any separation benefits. In the event that Ms. Wolf terminates her employment for good reason or the Company terminates her employment without cause, then she shall be entitled to receive severance in an amount equal to 1/12 of her base salary for a period of six months after termination, payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures, and the Company shall pay her COBRA coverage for a period of six months after termination
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 2025
The following table provides information regarding the outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2025. See “Equity Incentive Plan Information,” below, for additional information regarding our equity incentive plans.
| Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Option Awards |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Name |
Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable |
Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable |
Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options (#) |
Option Exercise Price ($) |
Option Expiration Date |
Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested (#) |
Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested ($) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
| Jennifer Ernst |
34 | — | — | $ | 224.40 | 4/1/2028 |
— | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 114 | 4 | (1) | — | $ | 3,111.00 | 2/4/2027 |
— | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 54 | 20 | (2) | — | $ | 221.00 | 5/8/2033 |
— | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 1,653 | 230 | (3) | — | $ | 22.78 | 3/12/2034 |
— | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| — | 85,000 | (4) | — | $ | 3.32 | 8/6/2035 |
— | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| — | — | — | — | — | 14,706 | (5) | $ | 21,324 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Michael K. Handley |
— | 45,000 | (4) | — | $ | 3.32 | 8/6/2035 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
| — | — | — | — | — | 35,295 | (6) | $ | 51,178 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Lisa Wolf |
— | 80,000 | (4) | — | $ | 3.32 | 8/6/2035 |
— | — | |||||||||||||||||||||
| — | — | — | — | — | 735 | (5) | $ | 1,066 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| (1) |
The options vest as follows: (i) 25% on February 4, 2023, and (ii) the remaining 75% in equal installments over the next 36 months. |
| (2) |
The options vest as follows: (i) 25% on May 8, 2024, and (ii) the remaining 75% in equal installments over the next 36 months. |
| (3) |
The options vest as follows: (i) 50% on March 12, 2025, and (ii) the remaining 50% in equal monthly installments over the next 12 months. |
| (4) |
The options vest as follows: (i) 25% on August 6, 2026, and (ii) the remaining 75% in equal monthly installments over the next 36 months. |
| (5) |
The restricted stock units vest as follows: (i) 50% on December 18, 2025, and (ii) the remaining 50% in a series of eight successive equal quarterly installments |
| (6) |
The restricted stock units vest as follows: (i) 25% on February 18, 2026, and (ii) the remaining 75% in a series of 12 successive equal quarterly installments |
2017 Equity Incentive Plan
The Board adopted the 2017 Plan on April 13, 2017. The principal purpose of the 2017 Plan was to attract, retain and motivate selected employees, consultants and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards and cash-based performance bonus awards. The material terms of the 2017 Plan are summarized below. In August 2021, the Board adopted, and our stockholders approved, the 2021 Plan, which became effective upon the completion of our IPO. Upon the effectiveness of the 2021 Plan, it replaced the 2017 Plan, except with respect to awards outstanding under the 2017 Plan, and no further awards are available for grant under the 2017 Plan.
Share reserve. Under the 2017 Plan, 578 shares of our common stock were reserved for issuance pursuant to a variety of stock-based compensation awards, including stock options, restricted stock awards, and other stock-based awards. With respect to the share reserve under the 2017 Plan:
| ● |
to the extent that an award terminated, expired or lapsed for any reason or an award was settled in cash without the delivery of shares prior to the effectiveness of the 2021 Plan, any shares subject to the award at such time would have been available for future grants under the 2017 Plan; and |
| ● |
prior to the effectiveness of the 2021 Plan, to the extent that shares of our common stock were repurchased by us prior to vesting so that shares were returned to us, such shares would have been available for future grants under the 2017 Plan. |
As noted above, upon the effectiveness of the 2021 Plan, it replaced the 2017 Plan, except with respect to awards outstanding under the 2017 Plan, and no further awards are available for grant under the 2017 Plan.
Administration. Following completion of our IPO, the Compensation Committee of the Board began administering the 2017 Plan. Prior to that, the 2017 Plan was administered by the Board.
Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2017 Plan, the administrator has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the number of shares to be subject to awards and the terms and conditions of awards, and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2017 Plan. The administrator is also authorized to adopt, amend or rescind rules relating to administration of the 2017 Plan. The Board may at any time remove the Compensation Committee as the administrator and revest in itself the authority to administer the 2017 Plan.
Eligibility. Options, restricted stock and all other stock-based and cash-based awards under the 2017 Plan may be granted to individuals who are then our officers, employees or consultants or are the officers, employees or consultants of certain of our subsidiaries. Such awards also may be granted to our directors. Only employees of our company may be granted incentive stock options (“ISOs”).
Awards. The 2017 Plan provides that the administrator may grant or issue stock options, restricted stock, other stock- or cash-based awards and dividend equivalents, or any combination thereof; provided, however, that as noted above, no additional awards may be issued under the 2017 Plan. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award, which will indicate the type, terms and conditions of the award.
| ● |
Incentive stock options. ISOs will be designed in a manner intended to comply with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code and will be subject to specified restrictions contained in the Code. Among such restrictions, ISOs must have an exercise price of not less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant, may only be granted to employees, and must not be exercisable after a period of ten years measured from the date of grant. In the case of an ISO granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock, the 2017 Plan provides that the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant and the ISO must not be exercisable after a period of five years measured from the date of grant. |
| ● |
Non-statutory stock options. Non-statutory Stock Options, or NSOs, will provide for the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a specified price which may not be less than fair market value on the date of grant, and usually will become exercisable (at the discretion of the administrator) in one or more installments after the grant date, subject to the participant’s continued employment or service with us and/ or subject to the satisfaction of corporate performance targets and individual performance targets established by the administrator. NSOs may be granted for any term specified by the administrator that does not exceed ten years. |
| ● |
Restricted stock. Restricted stock may be granted to any eligible individual and made subject to such restrictions as may be determined by the administrator. Restricted stock, typically, may be forfeited for no consideration or repurchased by us at the original purchase price if the conditions or restrictions on vesting are not met. In general, restricted stock may not be sold or otherwise transferred until restrictions are removed or expire. Purchasers of restricted stock, unlike recipients of options, will have voting rights and will have the right to receive dividends, if any, prior to the time when the restrictions lapse, however, extraordinary dividends will generally be placed in escrow, and will not be released until restrictions are removed or expire. |
| ● |
Other stock-based awards. Other stock-based awards are awards of fully vested shares of our common stock and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or otherwise based on, shares of our common stock. |
Other stock-based awards may be granted to participants and may also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to any individual who is eligible to receive awards. The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of other stock-based awards, which may include vesting conditions based on continued service, performance and/or other conditions.
Any award may be granted as a performance award, meaning that the award will be subject to vesting and/or payment based on the attainment of specified performance goals.
Change in control. In the event of a change in control, to the extent that an award (i) is vested, (ii) the terms of an award provide for acceleration of vesting upon a change in control, or (iii) the administrator elects to accelerate the vesting of the award in connection with the change in control, the plan administrator may elect to provide for the purchase or exchange of an award for cash or other property in an amount equal to the difference between (x) the value of cash or other property the optionee would receive in connection with such change in control if the optionee exercised the award, and (y) the aggregate exercise price of the vested portion of the award. If the award is not purchased or exchanged as provided above, then the award will be terminated and cease to be exercisable unless the award is expressly assumed or substituted by the acquirer.
Adjustments of awards. In the event of any stock dividend or other distribution, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, combinations or exchange of share, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin off, recapitalization, repurchase or any other corporate event affecting the number of outstanding shares of our common stock or the share price of our common stock that would require adjustments to the 2017 Plan or any awards under the 2017 Plan in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the potential benefits intended to be made available thereunder, the administrator will make appropriate, proportionate adjustments to: (i) the aggregate number and type of shares subject to the 2017 Plan; (ii) the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding awards and terms and conditions of outstanding awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect to such awards); and (iii) the grant or exercise price per share of any outstanding awards under the 2017 Plan. In connection with the 1-for-4 reverse stock split of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock that was effected on August 31, 2021, the terms of certain awards granted under our 2017 Plan were equitably adjusted in accordance with the provisions thereof.
Amendment and termination. The administrator may terminate, amend or modify the 2017 Plan at any time and from time to time. However, we must generally obtain stockholder approval to amend or modify the 2017 Plan to the extent required by applicable law, rule or regulation (including any applicable stock exchange rule). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an option may be amended to reduce the per share exercise price below the per share exercise price of such option on the grant date and options may be granted in exchange for, or in connection with, the cancellation or surrender of options having a higher per share exercise price without receiving additional stockholder approval.
No ISOs may be granted pursuant to the 2017 Plan after the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the 2017 Plan. Any award that is outstanding on the termination date of the 2017 Plan will remain in force according to the terms of the 2017 Plan and the applicable award agreement.
Amended and Restated 2021 Equity Incentive Plan
In August 2021, the Board adopted, and our stockholders approved, the 2021 Plan, which became effective upon the completion of our IPO. Upon the effectiveness of the 2021 Plan, it replaced the 2017 Plan, except with respect to awards outstanding under the 2017 Plan, and no further awards may be made under the 2017 Plan. Additionally, any awards that are canceled or expire under the 2017 Plan will not be reissued.
On August 9, 2024, the Company amended and restated the 2021 Plan (as amended and restated, the (“A&R 2021 Plan”), which amends and restates the 2021 Plan in full. The Board unanimously approved the adoption of the A&R 2021 Plan, subject to stockholder approval, on June 15, 2024, and the Company’s stockholders approved the A&R 2021 Plan at the Company’s 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on August 9, 2024.
On June 30, 2025, following stockholder approval, the Company further amended the A&R 2021 Plan (the “Plan Amendment”) to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance thereunder from 86,669 to 511,669 shares. The Board unanimously approved the Plan Amendment, subject to stockholder approval, on May 14, 2025, and the Company’s stockholders approved the Plan Amendment at the Company’s 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on June 30, 2025.
The principal purpose of the A&R 2021 Plan is to attract, retain and incentivize the Company’s employees and other service providers through the granting of certain stock-based awards, including performance-based awards. The material terms of the A&R 2021 Plan are summarized below.
Share reserve. Under the 2021 Plan (prior to its amendment and restatement), 552 shares of our common stock were initially reserved for issuance pursuant to a variety of stock-based compensation awards, including stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, stock bonus awards and performance-based awards as of the date of its adoption by the Company. With respect to the share reserve under the A&R 2021 Plan:
| ● |
to the extent that an award terminates, expires or lapses for any reason or an award is settled in cash without the delivery of shares, any shares subject to the award at such time will be available for future grants under the A&R 2021 Plan; and |
| ● |
to the extent that shares of our common stock are repurchased by us at the original purchase price, such shares will be available for future grants under the A&R 2021 Plan. |
In addition, the A&R 2021 Plan provides that additional shares will automatically be added to the shares authorized for issuance under the A&R 2021 Plan on January 1 of each year. The number of shares added each year will be equal to the lesser of: (i) 5.0% of the outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year or (ii) such number of shares determined by the Board, in its discretion. On January 1 of 2022, 2023 and 2024, the number of shares of our common stock authorized for issuance under the 2021 Plan automatically increased 838 shares, 1,122 shares, and 5,434 shares, respectively, each of which increases equaled 5% of the number of our outstanding shares of common stock as of December 31 of the prior year. On August 9, 2024, upon adoption of the A&R 2021 Plan, the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the A&R 2021 Plan was increased to 58,823 shares. Additionally, on January 1, 2025, the number of shares of our common stock authorized for issuance under the A&R 2021 Plan automatically increased from 58,823 to 86,669 shares (an increase equal to 5% of the number of our outstanding shares of common stock as of December 31, 2025). On June 30, 2025, upon stockholder approval of the Plan Amendment, the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the A&R 2021 Plan was increased from 86,669 to 511,669 shares. Additionally, on January 1, 2026, the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the A&R 2021 Plan automatically increased from 511,669 to 637,958 shares.
Administration. The Compensation Committee of the Board is authorized to administer the A&R 2021 Plan unless the Board subsequently assumes authority for administration. The Compensation Committee must consist of at least two members of the Board, each of whom is intended to qualify as a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and an “independent director” within the meaning of the rules of the applicable stock exchange, or other principal securities market on which shares of our Common Stock are traded. The term Administrator refers to either the Board or the Compensation Committee, as applicable.
Additionally, the Board or Compensation Committee may delegate certain functions under the A&R 2021 Plan to designate employees who are not Officers to be recipients of awards under the A&R 2021 Plan, and to determine the number of shares subject to awards granted to such employees.
Subject to the terms and conditions of the A&R 2021 Plan, the Administrator has the authority to construe and interpret the A&R 2021 Plan and awards granted under it and to determine the persons to whom and the dates on which awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to each award, the time or times during the term of each award within which all or a portion of such award may be exercised, the exercise price, the type of consideration and other terms of the award. All decisions, determinations and interpretations by the Administrator regarding the A&R 2021 Plan shall be final and binding on all participants or other persons claiming rights under the A&R 2021 Plan or any award.
Awards. The A&R 2021 Plan provides that the Administrator may grant or issue stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, other stock-based awards and dividend equivalents, or any combination thereof. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate the type, terms and conditions of the award.
Eligibility. Options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and all other stock-based awards under the A&R 2021 Plan may be granted to individuals who are then our officers, employees, directors or consultants or are the officers, employees or consultants of certain of our subsidiaries. Only employees of our company or certain of our subsidiaries may be granted incentive stock options, or ISOs. No ISO may be granted under the A&R 2021 Plan to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns (or is deemed to own) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of the Company or any affiliate of the Company, unless the exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant and the term of the option does not exceed five years from the date of grant. In addition, the aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by a participant during any calendar year (under the A&R 2021 Plan and all other such plans of the Company and its affiliates) may not exceed $100,000. ISOs are not transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, provided that a participant may designate a beneficiary who may exercise an option following the participant’s death.
| ● |
Stock Options. Options granted under the A&R 2021 Plan may become exercisable in cumulative increments (“vest”) as determined by the Administrator. Such increments may be based on continued service to the Company over a certain period of time, the occurrence of certain performance milestones, or other criteria. Options granted under the A&R 2021 Plan may be subject to different vesting terms. |
To the extent provided by the terms of an option, a participant may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise of such option by a cash payment upon exercise, by authorizing the Company to withhold a portion of the stock otherwise issuable to the participant, or by such other method as may be set forth in the option agreement. The maximum term of options under the A&R 2021 Plan is 10 years, except that in certain cases (see Eligibility) the maximum term of certain incentive stock options is five years. Options under the A&R 2021 Plan generally terminate sixty (60) days after termination of the participant’s service unless (i) such termination is due to the participant’s disability, in which case the option may, but need not, provide that it may be exercised at any time within 6 months of such termination; (ii) the participant dies before the participant’s service has terminated, or within three months after termination of such service, in which case the option may, but need not, provide that it may be exercised within 12 months of the participant’s death by the person or persons to whom the rights to such option pass by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; or (iii) the option by its terms specifically provides otherwise. If an optionee’s service with the Company, or any affiliate of the Company, ceases with cause, the option will terminate at the time the optionee’s service ceases. In no event may an option be exercised after its expiration date.
| ● |
Stock Bonuses and Restricted Stock Awards. Stock bonus awards and restricted stock awards are granted through a stock bonus award agreement or restricted stock award agreement. The purchase price for a stock purchase award (if any) may be payable in cash, or any other form of legal consideration approved by the Administrator. Stock bonus awards may be granted in consideration for the recipient’s past services for the Company. Common Stock issued under a restricted stock or stock bonus award agreement may be subject to a share repurchase option or forfeiture right in our favor, each in accordance with a vesting schedule and subject to the minimum vesting requirement. If a recipient’s service relationship with us terminates, we may reacquire or receive via forfeiture all of the shares of our Common Stock issued to the recipient pursuant to a restricted stock or stock bonus award that have not vested as of the date of termination. Rights under a stock bonus or restricted stock bonus agreement may be transferred only as expressly authorized by the terms of the applicable stock bonus or restricted stock purchase agreement. |
| ● |
Restricted Stock Units. Restricted stock unit awards are issued pursuant to a restricted stock unit award agreement. The consideration for a stock unit award shall be determined by the Administrator and may be payable in any form acceptable to the Administrator and permitted under applicable law. The Administrator may impose any restrictions or conditions upon the vesting of restricted stock unit awards, or that delay the delivery of the consideration after the vesting of stock unit awards, that it deems appropriate consistent with the minimum vesting requirement. Restricted stock unit awards may be settled in cash or shares of the Company’s Common Stock, as determined by the Administrator. No dividends payments will be made on unvested restricted stock unit awards, but instead any dividends will be deferred until awards become vested. If a restricted stock unit award recipient’s service relationship with the Company terminates, any unvested portion of the restricted stock unit award is forfeited upon the recipient’s termination of service. |
| ● |
Performance-Based Award. Any award may be granted as a performance award, meaning that the award will be subject to vesting and/or payment based on the attainment of specified performance goals. Generally, such pre-established performance goals consist of one or more business criteria and a targeted performance level with respect to such criteria as a condition of awards being granted or becoming exercisable, or as a condition to accelerating the timing of such events. Performance may be measured over a period of any length specified by the Administrator. |
Certain Corporate Transactions. In the event of a merger, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or other change of control transaction, unless otherwise determined by the Board, all outstanding awards will be subject to the agreement governing such merger, asset sale or other change of control transaction. Such agreement need not treat all such awards in an identical manner, and it will provide for one or more of the following with respect to each award: (i) the continuation of the award, (ii) the assumption of the award, (iii) the substitution of the award, or (iv) the payment of the excess of the fair market value of the shares subject to the award over the exercise price or purchase price of such shares. In the event the successor corporation refuses to either continue, assume or substitute the shares subject to the award pursuant to the terms of the A&R 2021 Plan, or pay the excess of the fair market value of the shares subject to the award over the exercise price or purchase price of such shares, then outstanding awards shall vest and become exercisable as to 100% of the shares subject thereto contingent upon the consummation of such change of control transaction.
Adjustments Provisions. Transactions not involving receipt of consideration by the Company, such as a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or a change in corporate structure may change the type(s), class(es) and number of shares of Common Stock subject to the A&R 2021 Plan and outstanding awards. In that event, the A&R 2021 Plan will be appropriately adjusted as to the type(s), class(es) and the maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to the A&R 2021 Plan, and outstanding awards will be adjusted as to the type(s), class(es), number of shares and price per share of Common Stock subject to such awards.
Amendment and termination. The administrator may terminate, amend or modify the A&R 2021 Plan at any time and from time to time. However, we must generally obtain stockholder approval to amend or modify the A&R 2021 Plan to the extent required by applicable law, rule or regulation (including any applicable stock exchange rule). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an option may be amended to reduce the per share exercise price below the per share exercise price of such option on the grant date and options may be granted in exchange for, or in connection with, the cancellation or surrender of options having a higher per share exercise price without receiving additional stockholder approval.
Equity Award Grant Timing
We do not have a written policy in place regarding the timing of the grant and issuance of stock options in relation to the release of material non-public information. Historically, we have typically granted stock option awards shortly after the completion of our annual meeting of shareholders, and as may otherwise be deemed appropriate by our Board or compensation committee from time to time based on the facts and circumstances, as applicable. We have not intentionally timed the grant of stock options in anticipation of the release of material nonpublic information, nor have we intentionally timed the release of material nonpublic information based on stock option grant dates.
During fiscal year 2025, we did not grant stock options (or similar awards) to any of our named executive officers during the period beginning four business days before and ending one business day after the filing of any Company periodic report on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K, or the filing or furnishing of any Company Form 8-K that disclosed any material non-public information.
Director Compensation
The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to our non-employee directors who served on our Board for the year ended December 31, 2025.
| Name |
Fees earned or paid in cash (1) |
Stock awards |
Option awards(2)(3) |
Non-equity incentive plan compensation |
Non-qualified deferred compensation earnings |
All other compensation |
Total Compensation |
|||||||||||||||||||||
| Sheryle Bolton |
$ | 81,000 | $ | — | $ | 36,000 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 117,000 | ||||||||||||||
| Dean Zikria |
$ | 37,500 | $ | — | $ | 21,600 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 59,100 | ||||||||||||||
| Christina Valauri |
$ | 45,000 | $ | — | $ | 21,600 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 66,600 | ||||||||||||||
| (1) |
These amounts reflect the cash payments that we made as compensation for Board services during fiscal year 2025. |
| (2) |
These amounts represent the grant date fair value of stock options granted in fiscal 2025 computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. We do not include any impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting terms in these calculations. |
| (3) |
As of December 31, 2025, the number of shares subject to all outstanding option awards and stock awards held by our non-employee directors were as follows: |
| Director |
Number of Shares Subject to Option Awards | Number of Shares Subject to Stock Awards | ||||||
| Sheryle Bolton |
13,614 | — | ||||||
| Dean Zikria |
8,437 | — | ||||||
| Christina Valauri |
8,398 | — | ||||||
On December 16, 2021, our Board, upon recommendation of the Compensation Committee, approved an annual compensation plan for our Board (the “Board Compensation Plan”). Effective July 1, 2025, our Board, upon recommendation of the Compensation Committee, approved an increase to the Board Compensation Plan, which plan is still in effect. In accordance with the Board Compensation Plan, directors of the Company will be entitled to receive the following annual compensation, which amounts will be paid in equal quarterly installments in accordance with our policies:
| ● |
Annual Retainer for all Directors: $40,000 |
| ● |
Chairperson of the Board: $25,000 |
| ● |
Chairperson of the Audit and Risk Committee: $15,000 |
| ● |
Chairperson of the Compensation Committee: $10,000 |
| ● |
Chairperson of the Nominating and Governance Committee: $9,000 |
To the extent that an individual serves as a director, committee member or committee chair for a portion of the year, they shall be entitled to a pro rata portion of the compensation set forth above for the portion of the year that they serve in such role.
Item 12 - Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our outstanding common stock as of March 17, 2026 by: (i) each of our directors, (ii) each of our named executive officers (as defined by Item 402(a)(3) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Exchange Act), and (iii) all of our current directors and executive officers as a group. As of March 17, 2026, there are no persons known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of each class of our outstanding common stock. As of March 17, 2026, there were 2,877,926 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding.
Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act. The percentages in the table have been calculated on the basis of treating as outstanding for a particular person, all shares of our common stock outstanding on that date and all shares of our common stock issuable to that holder in the event of exercise of outstanding options, warrants, rights or conversion privileges owned by that person at that date which are exercisable within 60 days of that date. Except as otherwise indicated, the persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock owned by them, except to the extent that power may be shared with a spouse. The Company does not know of any arrangements the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control of the Company.
| Beneficial owner (1) |
Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership |
Percent of Class |
||||||
| Directors and Named Executive Officers |
||||||||
| Jennifer Ernst (2) |
34,786 | 1.2 | % | |||||
| Sheryle Bolton (3) |
7,361 | * | ||||||
| Dean Zikria (4) |
6,559 | * | ||||||
| Christina Valauri (5) |
6,523 | * | ||||||
| Lisa Wolf (6) |
434 | * | ||||||
| Michael K. Handley (7) |
8,824 | * | ||||||
| All directors and executive officers as a group (6 persons) |
64,487 | 2.2 | % | |||||
| * |
Less than 1% |
| (1) |
Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to the table, the address for each beneficial owner listed is c/o Tivic Health Systems, Inc., 1305 E. Houston Street, Building 1, Suite 311, San Antonio, Texas 78205. |
| (2) |
Includes 32,691 shares of common stock held by Ms. Ernst, and options to purchase 2,095 of common stock that are vested and exercisable (or will be vested and exercisable within 60 days of March 17, 2026). |
| (3) |
Includes options to purchase 7,361 shares of common stock that are vested and exercisable (or will be vested and exercisable within 60 days of March 17, 2026). |
| (4) |
Includes options to purchase 6,559 shares of common stock that are vested and exercisable (or will be vested and exercisable within 60 days of March 17, 2026). |
| (5) |
Includes options to purchase 6,523 shares of common stock that are vested and exercisable (or will be vested and exercisable within 60 days of March 17, 2026). |
| (6) |
Includes 434 shares of common stock held by Ms. Wolf. |
| (7) |
Includes 8,824 shares of common stock held by Mr. Handley. |
Equity Incentive Plan Information
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2025, regarding our equity compensation plans:
| Plan Category |
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights |
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights |
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans |
|||||||||
| Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (1) |
353,925 | $ | 8.91 | 101,105 | ||||||||
| Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders (2) |
89,295 | $ | 2.33 | — | ||||||||
| Total |
443,220 | $ | 8.00 | 101,105 | ||||||||
| (1) |
Represents outstanding stock options granted to our current or former employees, directors and consultants pursuant to the 2017 Plan and A&R 2021 Plan. |
|
| (2) |
Represents outstanding 35,295 restricted stock units granted to Michael Handley and 54,000 stock options granted to certain Velocity Bioworks employees, all of which were granted outside of the 2017 Plan and A&R 2021 Plan. |
In February 2025, as an inducement material to his entering into employment with the Company, Mr. Handley was granted 600,000 restricted stock units (the “Inducement Grant”), 25% of which vested upon the first anniversary of the grant date and the remaining 75% of which will vest in equal quarterly installments over the three years thereafter. The table above reflects adjustments accounting for the Company’s 1-for-17 reverse stock split in March 2025. The Inducement Grant was granted outside of the 2017 Plan and the A&R 2021 Plan in reliance on the employment inducement exemption provided under the Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(c)(4). Although the Inducement Grant was granted outside of the A&R 2021 Plan, except as otherwise set forth in the grant notice and grant agreement, the terms, conditions, and definitions set forth in A&R 2021 Plan apply to the Inducement Grant.
Additionally, in December 2025, as a material inducement to the hiring of an aggregate of 45 new employees in connection with the Company’s acquisition of the Scorpius assets, the Company agreed to grant such employees options to purchase an aggregate of 54,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, which options have an exercise price of $2.33, expire ten years from the date of grant, and 25% of which vest upon the first anniversary of the grant date and the remaining 75% of which will vest in equal quarterly installments over the three years thereafter, subject to continuous service. The foregoing option grants were granted outside of the 2017 Plan and the A&R 2021 Plan in reliance on the employment inducement exemption provided under the Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(c)(4).
Item 13 – Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
There have not been any transactions or any series of similar transactions, since January 1, 2024, nor are we aware of any such pending transactions, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:
| ● |
the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed the lesser of $120 thousand or one percent of the average of our total assets for the last two fiscal years; and |
| ● |
any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock or any member of their immediate family had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described where required under the sections above entitled “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation.” |
Policies and Procedures Regarding Related Party Transactions
Our Board has adopted a written related person transaction policy setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy covers, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120 thousand and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our Audit and Risk Committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. The related person transactions disclosed in this Proxy Statement were each approved by the full Board or Audit and Risk Committee, as applicable.
Director Independence
The Nasdaq rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominations committees be independent, or, if a listed company has no nominations committee, that director nominees be selected or recommended for the board’s selection by independent directors constituting a majority of the board’s independent directors. The Nasdaq rules further require that audit committee members satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and that compensation committee members satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act.
Our Board has undertaken a review of the independence of our directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise that director’s ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out that director’s responsibilities. Our Board has affirmatively determined that each of Dean Zikria, Sheryle Bolton, and Christina Valauri qualify as an independent director, as defined under the applicable corporate governance standards of Nasdaq. These rules require that our Audit and Risk Committee be composed of at least three directors, all of whom must be independent members.
Item 14 – Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fee Information
The following table sets forth the aggregate fees billed by Rosenberg Rich Baker Berman, P.A. (“RRBB”), independent registered public accounting firm, for the services indicated for each of the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:
| December 31, 2025 |
December 31, 2024 |
|||||||
| Audit fees (1) |
$ | 149,760 | $ | 135,000 | ||||
| Audit related fees |
— | — | ||||||
| Tax fees |
— | — | ||||||
| All other fees |
— | — | ||||||
| Total |
$ | 149,760 | $ | 135,000 | ||||
| (1) |
Includes fees for (i) the audit of our annual financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 included in this Report; and the S-1 Registration Statement, as amended, initially filed with the Commission in 2022 in connection with our public offering that closed in February 2023; and with the prospectus supplements to our S-3 Registration Statement that were filed in 2025 and 2024 in connection with our equity offerings that closed in 2025 and 2024; (ii) the review of our interim period financial statements for fiscal years 2025 and 2024; and (iii) related services that are normally provided in connection with regulatory filings or engagements. |
Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures
Our Audit and Risk Committee pre-approve all auditing services and the terms of non-audit services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm, but only to the extent that the non-audit services are not prohibited under applicable law and the committee determines that the non-audit services do not impair the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm. Under our Audit and Risk Committees pre-approval policies and procedures, the Audit and Risk Committee generally pre-approve specified services in defined categories up to specified amounts. Pre-approval may also be given as part of the Audit and Risk Committee’s approval of the scope of the engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm or on a case-by-case basis for specific tasks before engagement. Our Audit and Risk Committee has considered and determined that the provision of the non-audit services described is compatible with maintaining the independence of our registered public accounting firm.
Item 15 – Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a)
| (1) |
Financial Statements. The financial statements are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K beginning on page F-1. |
| (2) |
Financial Statement Schedules. All financial statement schedules have been omitted since the information is either not applicable or required or was included in the financial statements or notes included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. |
| (3) |
List of Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K. See part (b) below. |
| (b) |
Exhibits. The following exhibits are filed or furnished with this report. |
EXHIBIT INDEX
| 4.7 |
8-K |
7/19/2023 |
||||||
| 4.8 |
8-K |
8/9/2023 |
||||||
| 4.9 |
8-K |
5/13/2024 |
| 10.10 |
8-K |
7/19/2023 |
||||||
| 10.11 |
8-K |
8/9/2023 |
||||||
| 10.12 |
10-K |
3/25/2024 |
||||||
| 10.13 |
8-K |
5/13/2024 |
| 31.2 |
* |
|||||||
| 32.1 |
* |
|||||||
| 97.1# |
10-K |
3/25/2024 |
||||||
| 101 INS |
Inline XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document. |
** |
||||||
| 101 SCH |
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema with Embedded Linkbase Documents |
** |
||||||
| 104 |
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101 attachments) |
** |
# Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
† Portions of the exhibit, marked by brackets, have been omitted because the omitted information (i) is not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm if publicly disclosed.
* Furnished herewith.
** The XBRL related information in Exhibit 101 shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise subject to liability of that section and shall not be incorporated by reference into any filing or other document pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing or document.
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
None.
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
March 30, 2026
|
|
TIVIC HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Michael K. Handley |
|
|
|
Michael K. Handley |
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and Director |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
| NAME |
|
TITLE |
|
DATE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| /s/ Michael K. Handley |
|
Chief Executive Officer (Principal |
|
March 30, 2026 |
| Michael K. Handley |
|
Executive Officer) and Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| /s/ Lisa Wolf |
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
March 30, 2026 |
| Lisa Wolf |
|
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| /s/ Sheryle Bolton |
|
Chair of the Board of Directors |
|
March 30, 2026 |
| Sheryle Bolton |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| /s/ Christina Valauri |
|
Director |
|
March 30, 2026 |
| Christina Valauri |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| /s/ Dean Zikria |
|
Director |
|
March 30, 2026 |
| Dean Zikria |
|
|
|
|
TIVIC HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
| Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID # | |
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of Tivic Health Systems, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tivic Health Systems, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2025, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Going Concern
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has incurred recurring losses and negative cash flows from operations and is dependent on additional financing to fund operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustment that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2020.
March 30, 2026
Consolidated Balance Sheets
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| ASSETS | ||||||||
| Current assets | ||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | $ | ||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other current assets | ||||||||
| Current assets of discontinued operations | ||||||||
| Total current assets | ||||||||
| Property and equipment, net | ||||||||
| Deferred offering costs | ||||||||
| Licensed technology, net | ||||||||
| Goodwill | ||||||||
| Other assets | ||||||||
| Non-current assets of discontinued operations | ||||||||
| TOTAL ASSETS | $ | $ | ||||||
| LIABILITIES, TEMPORARY EQUITY AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY | ||||||||
| Current liabilities | ||||||||
| Accounts payable | $ | $ | ||||||
| Other accrued expenses | ||||||||
| Current liabilities of discontinued operations | ||||||||
| Total current liabilities | ||||||||
| Convertible note payable, net | ||||||||
| Derivative liability | ||||||||
| Other non-current liabilities | ||||||||
| Non-current liabilities of discontinued operations | ||||||||
| Total liabilities | ||||||||
| COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 9) | ||||||||
| Temporary equity | ||||||||
| Series B preferred stock, par value $, shares authorized and shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2025, and shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 | ||||||||
| Series C preferred stock, par value $, shares authorized and shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2025, and shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 | ||||||||
| STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY | ||||||||
| Preferred stock, $ par value, shares authorized; shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2025, and shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 | ||||||||
| Common stock, $ par value, shares authorized; and shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively | ||||||||
| Additional paid in capital | ||||||||
| Accumulated deficit | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Total Stockholders’ equity | ||||||||
| TOTAL LIABILITIES, TEMPORARY EQUITY AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY | $ | $ | ||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
For the Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| OPERATING EXPENSES | ||||||||
| Research and development | $ | $ | ||||||
| Selling, general and administrative | ||||||||
| Total operating expenses | ||||||||
| Loss from operations | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| OTHER (EXPENSE) INCOME | ||||||||
| Change in fair value of derivative liability | ||||||||
| Interest income | ||||||||
| Interest expense | ( | ) | ||||||
| Net other (expense) income | ( | ) | ||||||
| Net loss from operations before discontinued operations | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Loss from discontinued operations | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Net loss | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
| Net loss per share attributed to common stockholders - basic and diluted | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
| Weighted-average number of shares - basic and diluted | ||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
For the Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024
(in thousands except share and per share data)
| Mezzanine Equity - Redeemable Convertible Series B Preferred Stock | Mezzanine Equity - Redeemable Convertible Series C Preferred Stock | Preferred Stock | Common Stock |
Additional Paid-in Capital
| Accumulated Deficit
| Total Stockholders' Equity
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance as of January 1, 2024 | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock for restricted stock award | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock and warrants, net of issuance costs and warrants issued to placement agents | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of warrants | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock-based compensation expense | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | — | — | — | — | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2024 | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock and preferred stock, net of issuance costs | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock for equity line of credit | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock in lieu of fractional shares for stock split | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Settlement of restricted stock units | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of Series B preferred stock and warrants, net of issuance costs and warrants to placement agents | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of Series C preferred stock and warrants, net of issuance costs and warrants to placement agents | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of warrants in connection with senior convertible preferred note payable | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of warrants to placement agents as non-cash offering fees | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Exercise of warrants | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Conversion of Series A preferred stock into common stock | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Conversion of Series B preferred stock into common stock | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Dividends declared on Series B preferred stock | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ( | ) | ( | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Dividends declared on Series C preferred stock | — | — | — | — | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Deemed dividends on purchase warrants for common shares | — | — | — | — | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock-based compensation expense | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | — | — | — | — | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2025 | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024
(in thousands)
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Cash flows from operating activities | ||||||||
| Net loss | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
| Less: net loss from discontinued operations | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Net loss from continuing operations | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: | ||||||||
| Stock based compensation | ||||||||
| Depreciation | ||||||||
| Amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs | ||||||||
| Non-cash interest expense | ||||||||
| Change in fair value of derivative liability | ( | ) | ||||||
| Issuance of warrants for services | ||||||||
| Amortization of right-of-use asset | ||||||||
| Write-off offering costs related to unclosed financing arrangements | ||||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other current assets | ||||||||
| Other assets | ||||||||
| Accounts payable | ( | ) | ||||||
| Accrued expenses | ( | ) | ||||||
| Lease liabilities | ( | ) | ||||||
| Net cash used in operating activities - continuing operations | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Net cash used in operating activities - discontinued operations | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Net cash used in operating activities | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Cash flows from investing activities | ||||||||
| Issuance of note receivable | ( | ) | ||||||
| Acquisition of property and equipment | ( | ) | ||||||
| Acquisition of licensed technology | ( | ) | ||||||
| Net cash used in investing activities | ( | ) | ||||||
| Cash flows from financing activities | ||||||||
| Issuance costs in connection with senior convertible note | ( | ) | ||||||
| Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs | ||||||||
| Proceeds from issuance of common stock and warrants, net of issuance costs | ||||||||
| Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrants, net of issuance costs | ||||||||
| Proceeds from warrant exercises | ||||||||
| Offering costs in advance of sale of common stock | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Net cash provided by financing activities | ||||||||
| Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | ( | ) | ||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | ||||||||
| Beginning of period | ||||||||
| End of period | ||||||||
| Less: cash and cash equivalents included in discontinued operations | ||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents included in continuing operations | $ | $ | ||||||
| Supplemental disclosure on non-cash financing activities | ||||||||
| Convertible note issued in exchange for purchase of Scorpius assets and goodwill | $ | $ | ||||||
| Warrants issued to placement agents as non-cash offering fees | $ | $ | ||||||
| Issuance of common stock and preferred stock in exchange for license | $ | $ | ||||||
| Issuance of common stock for equity line of credit commitment fee | $ | $ | ||||||
| Issuance of warrants in exchange for discount on convertible note payable | $ | $ | ||||||
| Non-cash recognition of embedded derivative liability on issuance of convertible notes | $ | $ | ||||||
| Dividends declared | $ | $ | ||||||
| Deemed dividends | $ | $ | ||||||
| Write-off of ROU asset and lease liability | $ | $ | ||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As Of and For The Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024
(amounts are as indicated)
| 1. | Formation and Business of the Company |
Tivic Health Systems, Inc. (the "Company”) was incorporated in the state of California on September 22, 2016. In June 2021, the Company was reincorporated as a Delaware corporation and, in November 2021, it completed its initial public offering. In 2019, the Company commercially launched ClearUP, a handheld device for treatment of sinus pain and congestion and the Company's first FDA-regulated product, a business it exited in 2025. In February 2025, the Company acquired a worldwide exclusive license from Statera Biopharma, Inc. ("Statera”) to the late-stage toll-like receptor 5 agonist Entolimod™ for the treatment of Acute Radiation Syndrome ("ARS”). At the same time, the Company acquired an exclusive option to license five additional indications and clinical use cases for Entolimod and its immune-optimized derivative, Entolasta™, with buy-out rights to enable use across all indications. In March 2025, the Company exercised its option to license Entolimod and Entolasta for the treatment of neutropenia, one of the indications covered by the Statera license. With its entrance into the biopharmaceutical market in early 2025 and its exit from the consumer healthtech business, the Company is a late-stage prescription therapeutics company harnessing the power of the immune system to improve clinical outcomes and save lives. In December 2025, through a newly formed wholly owned subsidiary, Velocity Bioworks, Inc. ("VBI") the Company acquired all personal property and assets (collectively, the "Acquired Assets") but assumed no liabilities in respect to the period prior to the transaction, of Scorpius Holdings, Inc. VBI is a contract development and manufacturing organization ("CDMO") and will provide services to support Tivic's development and commercialization of Entolimod as well as contract with other organizations. As used in this Report, unless the context otherwise requires, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Company,” “Tivic,” and “Tivic Health” refer to Tivic Health Systems, Inc, collectively with its subsidiary, on a consolidated basis.
The Company is headquartered in San Antonio, TX.
| 2. | Summary of Significant Accounting Policies |
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and include the financial position and results of operations of Tivic Health Systems, Inc and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Velocity Bioworks, Inc. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the settlement of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustment that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern. Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year's balance sheet, statement of operations and statement of cash flows to conform to the current year presentation.
Going Concern Uncertainty
During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company incurred a net loss of $
We expect to incur significant expenses and operating losses for the foreseeable future as we continue the development of and seek regulatory approval for our product candidates. Future capital requirements will depend upon many factors, including, without limitation, progress with developing, manufacturing and marketing our product candidates; the time and costs involved in obtaining regulatory approvals for our product candidates; the time and costs involved in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining and enforcing patent claims and other proprietary rights; our ability to establish collaborative arrangements; completion of any strategic transactions; marketing activities and competing technological and market developments, including regulatory changes and overall economic conditions in our target markets. We will require substantial additional financing to fund clinical trials and operations, and to continue to execute our strategy. These activities will require significant uses of working capital. There can be no assurance that we will obtain regulatory approval of our product candidates or generate sufficient revenue and cash to achieve profitability.
The Company recognizes it will need to raise additional capital to fund its planned operations, including to complete pre-clinical and clinical trials and, if regulatory approval is obtained, commercialize any future products. The Company may seek additional funds through equity or debt offerings and/or borrowings under notes payable, lines of credit or other sources. The Company does not know whether additional financing will be available on commercially acceptable terms, or at all, when needed. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on commercially acceptable terms, the Company’s ability to fund its operations, support the growth of its business or otherwise respond to competitive pressures could be significantly delayed or limited, which could materially adversely affect its business, financial conditions, or results of operations.
Basis of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses of our wholly owned subsidiary, Velocity Bioworks, Inc. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the operating results of Velocity Bioworks, Inc. from the date control was obtained.
Reverse Stock Split
Effective March 7, 2025, the Company implemented a reverse stock split of its issued and outstanding shares of common stock, par value $
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. The Company evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors and adjusts those estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company discloses and recognizes the fair value of its assets and liabilities using a hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the reporting date. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to valuations based upon unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to valuations based upon unobservable inputs that are significant to the valuation (Level 3 measurements). The guidance establishes three levels of the fair value hierarchy as follows:
Level 1 - Inputs that reflect unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date;
Level 2 - Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability either directly or indirectly, including inputs in markets that are not considered to be active;
Level 3 - Inputs are unobservable in which there is little or no market data available, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions that are unobservable.
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires management to make judgments and consider factors specific to the asset or liability.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at date of purchase to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, cash equivalents include investments held in our money market account and were $
Accounts Receivable
Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount, net of allowances for credit losses. The allowance for credit losses is based on our assessment of the collectability of accounts. Management regularly reviews the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses by considering the age of each outstanding invoice, each customer’s expected ability to pay, and the collection history with each customer, when applicable, to determine whether a specific allowance is appropriate. Accounts receivable deemed uncollectible are charged against the allowance for credit losses when identified. As of each December 31, 2025 and 2024, the allowance for credit losses was zero. Credit losses for the years ended December 31 2025 and 2024 were $
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets are accounted for at cost and are subject to impairment and recoverability assessment on an annual basis. Expense is amortized over the period of benefit.
Inventory
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost determined on a first-in, first-out ("FIFO") basis. Inventories are reviewed periodically to identify slow-moving inventory based on anticipated sales activity. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the reserve for obsolescence was $
Deferred Offering Costs
The Company complies with the requirements of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 340-10-S99-1. The Company capitalizes incremental legal, professional, accounting, and other third-party fees that are directly associated with an equity or debt offering as other current assets. As of December 31, 2025, the balance of deferred offering costs was $
Business Combinations
The Company follows the guidance in ASC 805, Business Combinations, for determining the appropriate accounting treatment for asset acquisitions. ASU No. 2017-01, Clarifying the Definition of a Business, provides an initial fair value screen to determine if substantially all of the fair value of the assets acquired is concentrated in a single asset or group of similar assets. If the initial screening test is not met, the set is considered a business based on whether there are inputs and substantive processes in place. The accounting treatment is derived based on the results of this analysis and conclusion on an acquisition’s classification of a business combination or an asset acquisition.
If the acquisition is deemed to be a business, the purchase method of accounting is applied. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date are recorded at fair value. If the transaction is deemed to be an asset acquisition, the cost accumulation and allocation model is used whereby the assets and liabilities are recorded based on the purchase price and allocated to the individual assets and liabilities based on relative fair values.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, to years. Upon retirement or sale of assets, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the consolidated balance sheets and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations. Repairs and maintenance costs that do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are charged to operations as incurred.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of purchase consideration over the estimated fair value of net assets of businesses acquired in a business combination. Current goodwill stems from the December 10, 2025 business combination further discussed in Note 4. Goodwill and other acquired intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but are tested for impairment annually and when an event occurs or circumstances change such that it is more likely than not that an impairment may exist. Goodwill is tested for impairment by performing a qualitative assessment or using a quantitative test. If we choose to perform a qualitative assessment and determine it is more likely than not that the carrying value of the net assets is more than the fair value of the related operations, the quantitative test is then performed; otherwise, no further testing is required. For operations where the quantitative test is used, we compare the carrying value of net assets to the estimated fair value of the related operations. If the fair value is determined to be less than carrying value, the shortfall up to the carrying value of the goodwill represents the amount of goodwill impairment.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company evaluates its long-lived assets, including property and equipment and goodwill, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of each asset to the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate over its remaining life. When indications of impairment are present and the estimated undiscounted future cash flows from the use of these assets is less than the assets’ carrying value, the related assets will be written down to fair value. There were no impairments of the Company’s long-lived assets for the periods presented.
Debt with Warrants
In accordance with ASC Topic 470-20-25, when the Company issues debt with warrants, the Company treats the warrants as a debt discount, recorded as a contra-liability against the debt, and amortizes the balance over the life of the underlying debt as interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The offset to the contra-liability is recorded as either a liability or within equity in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets depending on the accounting treatment of the warrants. The Company determines the value of the warrants using an appropriate valuation method, including a Black-Scholes or Monte-Carlo Simulation. If the debt is retired early, the associated debt discount is then recognized immediately as amortization of debt discount expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The debt is treated as conventional debt.
Convertible Debt – Derivative Treatment
When the Company issues debt with a conversion feature, we must first assess whether the conversion feature meets the requirements to be treated as a derivative, as follows: (a) one or more underlyings, typically the price of our common stock; (b) one or more notional amounts or payment provisions or both, generally the number of shares upon conversion; (c) no initial net investment, which typically excludes the amount borrowed; and (d) net settlement provisions, which in the case of convertible debt generally means the stock received upon conversion can be readily sold for cash. An embedded equity-linked component that meets the definition of a derivative does not have to be separated from the host instrument if the component qualifies for the scope exception for certain contracts involving an issuer’s own equity. The scope exception applies if the contract is both (a) indexed to its own stock; and (b) classified in stockholders’ equity in its consolidated balance sheets.
If the conversion feature within convertible debt meets the requirements to be treated as a derivative, we estimate the fair value of the convertible debt derivative using the appropriate valuation model upon the date of issuance. If the fair value of the convertible debt derivative is higher than the face value of the convertible debt, the excess is immediately recognized as interest expense. Otherwise, the fair value of the convertible debt derivative is recorded as a liability with an offsetting amount recorded as a debt discount, which offsets the carrying amount of the debt. The convertible debt derivative is revalued at the end of each reporting period and any change in fair value is recorded as a gain or loss in the statement of operations. The debt discount is amortized through interest expense over the life of the debt.
Debt Issuance Costs
Costs incurred with the issuance of the Company's senior secured convertible note payable have been recorded as a direct deduction against the debt (a contra-liability) and amortized over the life of the convertible note as a component of interest expense using the effective interest method.
Temporary Equity
Where common or preferred shares are determined to be conditionally redeemable upon the occurrence of certain events that are not solely within the control of the Company, and upon such event, the shares would become redeemable at the option of the holders, they are classified as temporary equity (‘mezzanine equity’), outside permanent equity. The purpose of this classification is to convey that such a security may not be permanently part of equity and could result in a demand for cash, securities or other assets of the entity in the future. If the events are such that the shares are probable of becoming redeemable, then the Company will adjust the shares to reflect the maximum redemption value at the end of the reporting period. The Company allocates issuance cost associated with the Company’s preferred stock offerings classified under temporary equity based on the relative fair value method.
Commitments and Contingencies
Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, and penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue from product sales in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“Topic 606”). The standard applies to all contracts with customers, except contracts that are within scope of other standards, such as leases, insurance, collaboration arrangements and financial instruments.
Under Topic 606, an entity recognizes revenue when its customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration that the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that an entity determines are in within the scope of Topic 606, the entity performs the following five steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. The Company only applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable the entity will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer. At contract inceptions, once the contract is determined to be within the scope of Topic 606, the Company assesses the goods or services promised within each contract and determines those that are performance obligations and assesses whether each promised good or service is distinct. The Company then recognizes as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied.
The Company has sold its products through direct sales and resellers. Revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods is transferred to the customers or the resellers, upon shipment of the product, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods. Revenue associated with products holding rights of return are recognized when the Company concludes there is not a risk of significant revenue reversal in the future periods for the expected consideration in the transaction.
Product Warranty
The Company generally offered a one-year limited warranty on its products. The Company also offered for sale a limited two-year warranty. The limited two-year warranty was occasionally provided to customers in connection with promotional sales. The Company estimated the costs associated with the warranty obligation using historical data of warranty claims and costs incurred to satisfy those claims.
Returns
The Company estimates a reserve for future product returns based several factors, including historical returns as a percentage of revenue, an understanding of the reasons for past returns and any other known factors that indicate a return is imminent. Reserves for sales returns are estimated and recorded in the same period as the underlying revenue recognition as a deduction to arrive at net product sales and as a liability classified as current liabilities of discontinued operations on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the reserve for sales returns was $
Research and Development Expenses
Research and development expenses include costs directly attributable to the conduct of research and development programs, including the cost of salaries, payroll taxes, employee benefits, materials, supplies, depreciation on and maintenance of research equipment, the cost of services provided by outside contractors, and the allocable portions of facility costs, such as rent, utilities, insurance, repairs and maintenance, depreciation, and general support services. All costs associated with research and development are expensed as incurred unless there is an alternative future use.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation arrangements with employees and non-employee consultants using a fair value method which requires the recognition of compensation expense for costs related to all stock-based payments, including stock options. The fair value method requires the Company to estimate the fair value of stock-based payment awards to employees and non-employees on the date of grant using an option pricing model.
For stock options, stock-based compensation costs are based on the fair value of the underlying option calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is the vesting period. The Company measures equity-based compensation awards granted to non-employees at fair value as the awards vest and recognizes the resulting value as compensation expense at each financial reporting period.
Determining the appropriate fair value model and related assumptions requires judgment, including estimating stock price volatility, expected dividend yield, expected term, risk-free rate of return, and the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock. Due to the lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility data, the Company has based its estimate of expected volatility on the historical volatility of a group of similar companies that are publicly traded. The historical volatility is calculated based on a period of time commensurate with the expected term assumption. The group of representative companies have characteristics similar to the Company, including stage of product development and focus on the life science industry. Changes to the group are made on an as needed basis to ensure it remains representative of the Company. The Company uses the simplified method, which is the average of the final vesting tranche date and the contractual term, to calculate the expected term for options granted to employees as it does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term. The risk-free interest rate is based on a treasury instrument whose term is consistent with the expected term of the stock options. The Company uses an assumed dividend yield of as the Company has never paid dividends and has no current plans to pay any dividends on its common stock. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur.
Deemed Dividend
The Investor Warrants issued to the Investor in connection with the Tranched Financing contain a provision for the change in exercise price should the Company issue a new Investor Warrant in a subsequent Tranche Closing with an exercise price lower than the exercise price of the Investor Warrant issued earlier. The provision lowers the exercise price to the new Investor Warrant triggering the repricing feature and creates a deemed dividend. For purposes of calculating earnings per share for the period, the deemed dividend is added to the net income or loss for the period.
Segment Reporting
Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise for which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision-maker ("CODM") in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company's CODM is the Chief Executive Officer, who reviews the Company's operations and manages the operating segments: the biopharma group and the contract development and manufacturing organization.
Net Loss per Share
Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period adjusted to add back dividends (declared or cumulative undeclared) applicable to the Series B and Series C Preferred Stock. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock and the dilutive effect of contingent shares outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive contingent shares, which primarily consist of stock options issued to employees, directors and consultants, restricted stock units ("RSUs”), warrants issued to third parties, all of which are accounted for as equity instruments, would be excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation because their effect is anti-dilutive.
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities such as our preferred stock. Under the two-class method, basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the basic and diluted net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the basic and diluted weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders adjusts basic net income per share for the potentially dilutive impact of stock options, RSUs and warrants.
The treasury stock method is used to calculate the potentially dilutive effect of stock options and RSUs. The if-converted method is used to calculate the potentially dilutive effect of shares of the Series A, B, and C Preferred Stock. In both methods, diluted net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders and diluted weighted-average shares outstanding are adjusted to account for the impact of the assumed issuance of potential shares of common stock that are dilutive, subject to dilution sequencing rules.
Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred taxes to the amounts expected to be realized.
The Company recognizes benefits of uncertain tax positions if it is more likely than not that such positions will be sustained upon examination based solely on their technical merit, as the largest amount of benefit that is more likely than not to be realized upon the ultimate settlement. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes as a component of income tax expense or benefit. To date, there have been
Concentration of Credit Risk and Other Risks and Uncertainties
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. Cash and cash equivalents include a checking account and a money market account held at one national financial institution in the United States. At times, such deposits may be in excess of insured limits. Despite recent concerns regarding the stability of certain banking institutions in the United States, management believes that the financial institution at which the Company holds its deposits is financially sound, and accordingly, minimal credit risk exists with respect to the financial institution. The Company has not experienced any losses on its deposits of cash and cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had cash and cash equivalents balances exceeding FDIC insured limits by $
The ongoing conflicts between Russia and Ukraine and the more recent conflict among the U.S, Israel, Hamas and Iran, certain other macroeconomic factors including tariffs, inflation, and rising interest rates, have contributed to economic uncertainty. Additionally, events involving limited liquidity, defaults, non-performance or other adverse developments that affect financial institutions or the financial services industry generally, or concerns or rumors about any events of these kinds or other similar risks, have in the past and may in the future lead to market-wide liquidity problems. Furthermore, it is possible that U.S. policy changes, including planned or proposed budget cuts at the federal government level, could increase market volatility in the coming months. These factors, amongst other things, could result in further economic uncertainty and volatility in the capital markets in the near term, and could negatively affect our operations. We will continue to monitor material impacts on our business strategies and operating results.
Leases
At the inception of an arrangement, the Company determines whether the arrangement is or contains a lease based on the circumstances present. The Company accounts for a contract as a lease when it has the right to control the asset for a period of time while obtaining substantially all of the asset’s economic benefits. The Company determines the initial classification and measurement of its operating right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and operating lease liabilities at the lease commencement date, and thereafter if modified. The lease term includes any renewal options that the Company is reasonably assured to exercise. The Company’s policy is to not record leases with a lease term of 12 months or less on its consolidated balance sheets.
Recently adopted accounting pronouncements
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740) - Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which focuses on the rate reconciliation and income taxes paid. ASU No. 2023-09 requires public business entities to disclose, on an annual basis, specific categories in the effective tax rate reconciliation and provide additional information for reconciling items that meet a quantitative threshold. In addition, ASU No. 2023-09 requires companies to disclose further information about income taxes paid. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024, and may be applied prospectively or retrospectively. We adopted the ASU retroactively for the period ending December 31, 2025, and it affects only our disclosures and does not impact our results of operations or financial condition.
Recently issued accounting pronouncements
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40) - Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses. The guidance applies to all public business entities and becomes effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. The guidance requires improved disclosures about expenses, including the types of expenses in commonly presented expense captions (such as cost of sales, SG&A and research and development) which will allow investors to better understand the components of an entity's expenses. In January 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-01 to further clarify the effective date as the first annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027. We do not believe that ASU 2024-03 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial reporting.
In December 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-12 - Codification Improvements. ASU 2025-12 addresses suggestions received from stakeholders on the Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC" or “Codification”) and makes other incremental improvements to U.S. GAAP. The standard is effective for the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2027, and for interim periods within such year, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the update on the consolidated financial statements.
In December 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-11 Interim Reporting (Topic 270): Narrow-Scope Improvements. ASU 2025-11 improves the guidance in Topic 270 by improving the navigability of the required interim disclosures and clarifying when the guidance is applicable. The amendments also provide additional guidance on what disclosures should be provided in interim reporting periods. The standard is effective for the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2028, and for interim periods within such year, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the standard on the consolidated financial statements.
Management does not believe any other recently issued but not yet effective accounting pronouncement, if adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s present or future consolidated financial statements.
| 3. | Discontinued Operations |
On November 12, 2025, after considering all reasonably available options and a broader strategic reassessment, the Company’s board of directors approved the wind down of the Company’s ClearUP business, which the Company substantially completed prior to the end of the year. In connection with the wind down of the ClearUP business, the Company incurred approximately $
Financial Information of Discontinued Operations
The following table summarizes the assets and liabilities classified as discontinued operations for each of the periods presented (in thousands):
| As of December 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Current assets of discontinued operations | ||||||||
| Accounts receivable | $ | $ | ||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other current assets | ||||||||
| Inventory, net | ||||||||
| Total current assets of discontinued operations | ||||||||
| Non-current assets of discontinued operations | ||||||||
| Property and equipment, net | ||||||||
| Total non-current assets of discontinued operations | ||||||||
| Current liabilities of discontinued operations | ||||||||
| Other accrued expenses | ||||||||
| Total current liabilities of discontinued operations | $ | $ | ||||||
Loss from discontinued operations, in the consolidated statements of operations, reflects the results of the ClearUP business and does not include any allocation of general corporate overhead expense or interest expense of the Company.
The following table summarizes the significant line items included in loss from discontinued operations, in the consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):
| For the Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Revenue | $ | $ | ||||||
| Cost of Sales | ||||||||
| Gross Profit | ||||||||
| Operating expenses: | ||||||||
| Sales and marketing | ||||||||
| Total operating expenses | ||||||||
| Loss from discontinued operations | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Loss on disposal of assets | ( | ) | ||||||
| Net loss from discontinued operations | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
The following table summarizes significant non-cash operating items, and capital expenditures of discontinued operations included in the 2025 and 2024 consolidated statements of cash flows (in thousands):
| For the Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Significant non-cash operating activities | ||||||||
| Loss from discontinued operations | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
| Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: | ||||||||
| Loss on disposal of property and equipment | ||||||||
| Reserve for inventory obsolescence | ||||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||||||
| Accounts receivable | ||||||||
| Inventory | ||||||||
| Net cash used in operating activities - discontinued operations | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
| 4. | Business Combination |
Asset Purchase Transaction
On December 9, 2025, Tivic Health Systems, Inc., through a newly formed wholly owned subsidiary, Velocity Bioworks, Inc. entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “APA”) and Secured Party Bill of Sale (the “Bill of Sale”) with 3i, LP (“3i”), in its capacity as collateral agent of Scorpius Holdings, Inc. (“Scorpius”) pursuant to which, VBI acquired all of personal property and assets (collectively, the "Acquired Assets"), but assumed
Pursuant to the APA, as consideration for the Acquired Assets, the Company (on behalf of VBI) issued to 3i a senior convertible note payable in the amount of $
The allocation of the purchase price to the estimated fair value of the assets acquired at the acquisition date, is as follows (in thousands):
| ASSETS | December 10, 2025 | |||
| Current assets | ||||
| Prepaid expenses and other current assets | $ | |||
| Total current assets | ||||
| Property and equipment, net | ||||
| Goodwill | ||||
| Total assets | $ | |||
The Company accounted for the acquisition of Scorpius using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. The purchase price has been allocated on a preliminary basis to the assets assumed based on management’s current estimates of their fair values as of the acquisition date of December 10, 2025. Because the Company has not yet completed the valuation analyses necessary to finalize the fair values of certain assets acquired, the purchase price allocation is considered provisional.
During the measurement period, which will not exceed one year from the acquisition date, the Company will continue to obtain information to assist in completing the valuation analyses and expects to finalize the purchase price allocation as soon as practicable. Measurement‑period adjustments, if any, will be recognized in the period in which the adjustments are determined, with a corresponding adjustment to goodwill, and the results of prior periods presented will be revised as if the accounting for the business combination had been completed as of the acquisition date, including related impacts on depreciation, amortization, and other income statement amounts, as required by ASC 805.
Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information
The following tables reflect the unaudited pro forma combined results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2025 as if the acquisition of Scorpius had taken place on January 1, 2025. The unaudited pro forma financial information includes the effects of certain adjustments, including the amortization of acquired intangible assets and the associated tax effect and the elimination of the Company’s and the acquiree’s non-recurring acquisition related expenses (in thousands):
| Revenue | Net loss | |||||||
| Results of acquired business included in our year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 | ||||||||
| For the year ended December 31, 2025, proforma | $ | $ | ( | ) | ||||
| For the year ended December 31, 2024, proforma | $ | $ | ( | ) | ||||
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Basic and diluted earnings per share pro forma | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
| 5. | Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements |
The Company’s financial instruments consist of money market funds. The following tables show the Company’s cash equivalent's carrying value and fair value as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 (in thousands):
| As of December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Carrying Amount | Fair Value | Quoted Priced in active markets (Level 1) | Significant other observable inputs (Level 2) | Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) | ||||||||||||||||
| Assets | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Money market funds | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
| Total assets | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
| Liabilities | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Derivative liability | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
| As of December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Carrying Amount | Fair Value | Quoted Priced in active markets (Level 1) | Significant other observable inputs (Level 2) | Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) | ||||||||||||||||
| Assets | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Money market funds | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
| Total assets | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
Cash equivalents – Cash equivalents of $
Certain assets and liabilities are carried at fair value under GAAP. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.
Recurring Fair Value Measurements
The Company’s derivative liability embedded in the Financing Agreement is measured at fair value using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model and is classified as a Level 3 liability of the fair value hierarchy due to the use of significant unobservable inputs. The liability is presented as an embedded derivative liability on the consolidated balance sheets and is subject to remeasurement to fair value at the end of each reporting period, with the change in fair value recognized as a component of other income (expense) in its consolidated statements of operations. The assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model include: (1) management's estimates of the probability and timing of future cash flows and related events; (2) the Company's risk-adjusted discount rate that includes a company-specific risk premium; and (3) the Company's cost of debt.
The following table provides a reconciliation for the opening and closing balance of the derivative liability for the year ended December 31, 2025 (in thousands):
|
| Derivative Liability | |||
| Balance as of January 1, 2025 | $ | |||
| Issuances | ||||
| Net change in fair value | ( | ) | ||
| Balance as of December 31, 2025 | $ | |||
There have been no changes to the valuation methods utilized by the Company during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. The Company evaluates transfers between levels at the end of each reporting period. There were
| 6. | Inventory, net (in thousands) |
| As of December 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Raw materials | $ | $ | ||||||
| Work in process | ||||||||
| Finished goods | ||||||||
| Inventory at cost | ||||||||
| Less: reserve for obsolescence | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Total Inventory, net | $ | $ | ||||||
As of December 31, 2025 inventory has been fully reserved due to our winddown of the ClearUP product line and exit from the consumer product business. The Company is in the process of disposing of all remaining inventory. All activity related to ClearUP has been reflected as discontinued operations in the statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.
| 7. | Property and equipment, net (in thousands) |
| As of December 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Computers and equipment | $ | $ | ||||||
| Furniture and fixtures | ||||||||
| Lab equipment | ||||||||
| Manufacturing tools and dies | ||||||||
| Total cost property and equipment | ||||||||
| Less: accumulated depreciation | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Total Property and equipment, net | $ | $ | ||||||
Depreciation expense was $
| 8. | Statera License Agreement |
On February 11, 2025, the Company entered into an exclusive license agreement (the "License Agreement”) with Statera, pursuant to which the Company acquired (i) an exclusive worldwide license to the patented Toll-like Receptor 5 ("TLR5”)agonist lead program of Statera known as Entolimod (the "Licensed Molecules”)as it relates to the ARS indication (the "Initial Indication”)and (ii)an exclusive option (the "Exclusive Option”) to acquire the exclusive worldwide license to additional indications, including lymphocyte exhaustion, immunosenescence, neutropenia and/or for use as a vaccine adjuvant (the "Subsequent Indications”) and to the optimized TLR5 agonist follow-on program of Statera known as Entolasta.
Under the terms of the License Agreement, Statera granted the Company an exclusive worldwide license, with the right to grant and authorize sublicenses, under Statera’s patents, trademarks, know-how and other intellectual property, to develop, test, make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise exploit the product Entolimod as it relates to the Initial Indication during the term of the License Agreement.
As consideration for the License Agreement, the Company agreed to pay Statera a license fee of $
The License Agreement further provides the Company with the Exclusive Option to expand the Initial Indications to include the treatment of the Subsequent Indications or to expand the use from a single agent to include uses as vaccine adjuvant, or several or all of them, at any time during the term of the License Agreement, and on one or more occasions, at its discretion. As part of exercise of the Exclusive Option, the license grant would be expanded to include uses of Entolasta, in addition to Entolimod, both for ARS and for the Subsequent Indications for which the Company has exercised its Exclusive Option.
In conjunction with the License Agreement, Statera additionally transferred to the Company the title to approximately kilograms (15kg) of frozen manufactured Entolimod bulk drug substance and bulk/finished drug product lots and associated quality records associated with their production and applicable verification records (the "Materials”). In connection with this acquisition of ownership of the Materials, the Company is negotiating a $
The License Agreement also includes a buyout provision (the "Buyout”) by which the Company maintains the right to acquire from Statera at any time all right, title and interest in and to all technology licensed or otherwise subject to the Exclusive Option under the License Agreement. Should the Company elect to invoke this buyout right, it must provide Statera with a buyout payment equal to (a) the lesser of (i) the aggregate amount of payments due to Statera for achievement of all milestone events (described below), less the amount of payments paid for the achievement of one or more of such milestone events, and (ii)an amount negotiated in good faith and mutually agreed by the parties in writing as representing the risk adjusted net present value of the aggregate royalties that would have been payable absent such exercise; less (b) the amount of payments paid or payable by the Company to extinguish an existing lien on the licensed technology.
The Company evaluated the transaction for proper treatment as an acquisitions of assets or as a business combination. The Company determined the acquisition constituted an acquisition of assets instead of a business combination, as substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired was concentrated in a group of similar identifiable assets, and therefore, the acquisition was not considered a business combination. In transactions accounted for as acquisitions of assets, no goodwill is recorded and contingent consideration, such as payments upon achievement of various developmental, regulatory and commercial milestones, generally is not recognized at the acquisition date. In an asset acquisition, up front payments allocated to in-process research and development ("IPRD”) projects at the acquisition date are expensed unless there is an alternative future use. In addition, product development milestones are expensed upon achievement. As the Company is recording the transaction as an asset acquisition under ASC 805, the contingent payments will be recognized upon achievement and at that time will be expensed to in-process research and development, or capitalized, depending on the determination if there is alternative future use of the purchase. Transaction costs of approximately $
The License Agreement obligates the Company to develop and commercialize the licensed products, at its own cost and expense, inclusive of licensed products with respect to any Subsequent Indications obtained upon exercise of an Exclusive Option. In the development and commercialization process, the Company is obligated to meet certain milestones, and must provide Statera with certain milestone payments, payable in either the form of cash or Company stock (at the sole discretion of the Company), upon accomplishing each milestone as outlined below.
| Event | Payment | |||
| Validation of current inventory of Materials for distribution and sales | $ | |||
| Filing of BLA with FDA for Acute Radiation Syndrome | ||||
| Total Acute Radiation Syndrome Development Milestones | $ | |||
Upon exercise of an Exclusive Option with respect to one or more Subsequent Indications, the following corresponding applicable milestones and milestone payments (all milestone payments, collectively, the "Milestone Payments”), payable in either cash or Company stock (at the sole discretion of the Company), become obligations of the Company as well:
| Event | Payment | |||
| File IND and Initiate Phase 2 Clinical Study for Neutropenia | $ | |||
| Phase III Completion - successfully meets endpoint required to secure FDA approval for treatment of Neutropenia | ||||
| File BLA with FDA and achieve FDA Approval for Neutropenia | ||||
| File IND and Initiate Phase 2 study of Lymphocyte Exhaustion | ||||
| Phase III Completion - successfully meets endpoint required by FDA for treatment of Lymphocyte Exhaustion | ||||
| File BLA with FDA and achieve FDA Approval for Lymphocyte Exhaustion | ||||
| IND approval and initiation of Phase 3 study as a Vaccine Adjuvant | ||||
| File US BLA with FDA and achieve FDA Approval for use as a Vaccine Adjuvant | ||||
| Total Potential Development Milestones for additional Indications (as applicable) | $ | |||
Pursuant to the License Agreement, in the event that the Company exercises its Exclusive Option with respect to one or more Subsequent Indications, the Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to accelerate any of the Milestone Payments in advance of the milestone achievements.
On March 28, 2025, the Company notified Statera of its election to exercise its Exclusive Option to acquire the exclusive worldwide license to the neutropenia indication for Entolimod under the License Agreement (the "Neutropenia Option”) and to accelerate the first milestone payment of $
As a result of the Company’s exercise of the Neutropenia Option, the Company is obligated to develop and commercialize the expanded licensed products related to the neutropenia indication, at its own cost and expense, including to meet those milestones discussed above, and is obligated to pay the milestone payments, other than the Neutropenia Option, upon accomplishing each such milestone.
On June 18, 2025, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Exclusive License Agreement (the "A&R License Agreement”) with Statera, which amended certain terms of the License Agreement to, amongst other things, (i) provide that the payment of royalties pursuant to the A&R License Agreement, if any, may be made by the Company in either cash or securities of the Company, at the discretion of the Company; (ii) increase the approximate amount of the lien held by Avenue Venture Opportunities Fund, L.P. ("Avenue”) to up to $
| 9. | Commitments and Contingencies |
Lease
The Company executed a noncancelable operating lease for approximately
Lease costs for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 are as follows (in thousands):
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Operating lease cost | $ | $ | ||||||
| Short term lease cost | ||||||||
| Total lease cost | $ | $ | ||||||
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities were $
In June 2024, the Company entered into a short-term rental agreement for office space located in Fremont, California. The Company evaluated the agreement and determined the short-term rental agreement does not meet the criteria for capitalization. Monthly rent payments required are $
Subsequent to year-end, in March 2026, the Company entered into several long-term lease agreements related to the contract manufacturing and development organization in San Antonio, Texas. See Note 20 for a discussion of the terms of the leases.
Exclusive License Agreement – Statera BioPharma
As discussed above in Note 7, the Company is obligated to make certain payments to Statera pursuant to the A&R License Agreement, upon the achievement of certain commercialization milestones.
Contingencies
From time to time, the Company may have certain contingent liabilities that arise in the ordinary course of its business activities. The Company accrues a liability for such matters when future expenditures are probable and such expenditures can be reasonably estimated. The Company recorded
| 10. | Other Accrued Expenses (in thousands) |
| For the Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Legal and professional fees | $ | $ | ||||||
| Consulting fees | ||||||||
| Delaware franchise tax | ||||||||
| Research study costs | ||||||||
| Payroll liabilities | ||||||||
| Other | ||||||||
| Total other accrued expenses - continuing operations | $ | $ | ||||||
| Other accrued expenses - discontinued operations | ||||||||
| Total Other accrued expenses | $ | $ | ||||||
| 11. | Convertible Note Payable |
Senior Secured Convertible Note Offering
On December 9, 2025, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Note Purchase Agreement”) with 3i, pursuant to which the Company agreed to issue, in a private placement, upon the satisfaction of certain conditions specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, a senior secured convertible note (the “Note”) in the principal amount of $
The Company received gross proceeds of $
On December 9, 2025, the Company, VBI and 3i entered into a Security Agreement (the “Security Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company and VBI granted security interests in the Collateral (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement) to secure the obligations of the Company under the Note and the Note Purchase Agreement.
The Note matures on the fifth anniversary of the issuance date (the “Maturity Date”), unless prior thereto there is an event of default, and bears interest at a rate of
In addition to the foregoing, the Note is convertible in part or in whole, at the option of the holder, at any time, into such number of shares of Common Stock of the Company equal to the sum of the principal amount of the Note, plus all accrued and unpaid interest, plus any Make-Whole Amount, plus any unpaid late charges (the “Holder Conversion Amount”) at a conversion price equal to $
The Note contains customary events of default, including key person departure events. If an event of default occurs, 3i may require the Company to redeem (regardless of whether such event of default has been cured) all or any portion of the Note at the Redemption Price (calculated in accordance with the terms of the Note). Subject to limited exceptions set forth in the Note, the Note prohibits the Company and, as applicable, its subsidiaries from incurring any new indebtedness, other than permitted indebtedness. In March 2026, the Company obtained a waiver from the Note holder to avoid a potential key person departure event of default in connection with the departure of the Company’s CEO, Jennifer Ernst.
The Note is redeemable by the Company at a redemption price equal to
The Note Offering Warrant shall be immediately exercisable (subject to certain beneficial ownership limitations and stockholder approval of the waiver of the Exchange Cap), expire years from the date of issuance, and have an exercise price equal to $
Pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, from December 9, 2025 until the later of (i) the date that less than 10% of the principal of the Note is outstanding and (ii) the 12-month anniversary of the issuance date (the “Restricted Period”), the Company shall be prohibited from entering into a Variable Rate Transaction (as such term is defined in the Note Purchase Agreement). Additionally, subject to certain exceptions, during the Restricted Period, the Company shall be prohibited from (i) issuing, entering into any agreement to issue or announcing the issuance or proposed issuance of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents (as such term is defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) or (ii) filing any registration statement or any amendments or supplements thereto. Further, during the Restricted Period, 3i shall have the right to participate in any subsequent financing for up to 20% of such financing.
The terms of the note were evaluated for embedded derivatives. We determined that certain conversion features of the Note required bifurcation of an embedded derivative. The derivative is recorded at fair value and is subject to marked-to-market remeasurement at each reporting period. The initial fair value of the derivative was $
The Company incurred $
The Convertible note payable balance consists of the following (in thousands):
| For the Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Issuance of convertible note payable | $ | $ | ||||||
| Debt discount, net | ( | ) | ||||||
| Debt issuance costs, net | ( | ) | ||||||
| Convertible note payable, net | $ | $ | ||||||
Future payments associated with the Convertible note payable, including principal and interest are as follows (in thousands):
| For the Years Ended December 31, | Total Payments | |||
| 2026 | $ | |||
| 2027 | ||||
| 2028 | ||||
| 2029 | ||||
| Thereafter | ||||
| Total | $ | |||
| 12. | Preferred Stock |
The Company’s board of directors is authorized, without action by its stockholders, to designate and issue up to
As of December 31, 2025, there were
Series A Preferred Stock
On February 10, 2025, in connection with the License Agreement, the Company filed a Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of the Series A Non-Voting Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Series A Certificate of Designation”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, pursuant to which
Ranking - the Series A Preferred Stock ranks on parity with the Company’s common stock and junior to the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock with respect to dividend rights and rights on the distribution of assets on any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company.
Dividend Rights - to the extent that dividends are paid to holders of the Company’s common stock, holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to participate in such dividends on an as-if-converted-to-common-stock basis, without regard to the Series A Beneficial Ownership Limitation (as defined below).
Voting Rights - except as otherwise provided by the Series A Certificate of Designation or required by law, the Series A Preferred Stock has no voting rights. Provided, however, that so long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Company will not, without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, (i)alter or change adversely the powers, preferences or rights given to the Series A Preferred Stock or alter or amend the Series A Preferred Certificate of Designation, amend or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, the Company’s amended and restated articles of incorporation, as amended (the "Charter”), or amended and restated bylaws (the "Bylaws”), or file any articles of amendment, certificate of designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights of any series of preferred stock, in each case if any such action would adversely alter or change the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of the Series A Preferred Stock, regardless of whether any of the foregoing actions shall be by means of amendment to the Charter or by merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, conversion or otherwise, (ii) issue further shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or (iii)enter into any agreement with respect to any of the foregoing.
Conversion - subject to the Series A Beneficial Ownership Limitation, each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into approximately
| ● | Automatic Conversion -effective as of 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the third business day after the date that the Company’s stockholders approve the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock into shares of common stock in accordance with the listing rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market ("Stockholder Approval”),each share of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall automatically convert into a number of shares of common stock equal to the Series A Conversion Ratio, subject to the Series A Beneficial Ownership Limitation.
The Company received Stockholder Approval at its 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, held on June 30, 2025. As a result, on July 3, 2025,
|
| ● | Optional Conversion - subject to the Series A Beneficial Ownership Limitation and the automatic conversion (discussed above), each share of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be convertible, at any time and from time to time following 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the third business day after the date that the Stockholder Approval is obtained by the Company, at the option of the holder thereof, into a number of shares of common stock equal to the Series A Conversion Ratio. |
Beneficial Ownership Limitation -a holder of Series A Preferred Stock is prohibited from converting shares of Series A Preferred Stock into shares of common stock if, as a result of such conversion, such holder, together with its affiliates, would beneficially own in excess of the applicable beneficial ownership limitation (the "Series A Beneficial Ownership Limitation”). For purposes of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A Beneficial Ownership Limitation shall initially be set at
Redemption Rights -shares of Series A Preferred Stock are not redeemable.
Liquidation Rights - in the event of liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the affairs of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall rank on parity with common stockholders as to the distributions of assets.
On February 11, 2025, in connection with, and as consideration for the License Agreement, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with Statera, pursuant to which the Company issued and sold to Statera an aggregate of (i)
On March 31, 2025, in connection with the Company’s exercise of the Neutropenia Option pursuant to the License Agreement and as consideration for the Neutropenia Milestone Payment, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with Statera and Avenue, pursuant to which the Company issued to Statera and Avenue an aggregate of $
Series B Preferred Stock
On April 29, 2025, the Company filed a Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of the Series B Non-Voting Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Series B Certificate of Designation”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in connection with the Tranched Financing. The Series B Certificate of Designation became effective upon filing and designates
Ranking - the Series B Preferred Stock ranks senior to the Company’s common stock and Series A Preferred Stock, and junior to the Company's Series C Preferred Stock, with respect to dividend rights and rights on the distribution of assets on any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company.
Dividend Rights - the holders of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cumulative dividends at an annual rate of
Voting Rights - except as otherwise provided by the Series B Certificate of Designation or required by law, the Series B Preferred Stock has no voting rights. Provided, however, that so long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Company will not, without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, (i)alter or change adversely the powers, preferences or rights given to the Series B Preferred Stock or alter or amend the Series B Certificate of Designation, amend or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, the Company’s Charter or Bylaws, or file any articles of amendment, certificate of designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights of any series of preferred stock, in each case if any such action would adversely alter or change the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of the Series B Preferred Stock, (ii) issue further shares of Series B Preferred Stock, or (iii)enter into any agreement with respect to any of the foregoing.
Conversion - subject to the Series B Beneficial Ownership Limitation, at any time, each holder of Series B Preferred Stock shall have the right, at such holder’s option, to convert any or all of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by such holder into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Company common stock. The number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the Stated Value of such share of Series B Preferred Stock plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon by (ii) the Series B Conversion Price in effect on the date of conversion. The conversion price (the "Series B Conversion Price”) in effect on any conversion date shall be equal to
Beneficial Ownership Limitation - a holder of Series B Preferred Stock is prohibited from converting shares of Series B Preferred Stock into shares of common stock if, as a result of such conversion, such holder, together with its affiliates, would beneficially own in excess of the applicable beneficial ownership limitation (the "Series B Beneficial Ownership Limitation”). For purposes of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B Beneficial Ownership Limitation shall initially be set at
Redemption Rights - the Company may, at any time and in its sole discretion, request to redeem all or any portion of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock at a price equal to
Liquidation Rights - in the event of the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets, funds, or proceeds available for distribution of the Company to the holders of common stock or any other class or series of capital stock ranking junior to the Series B Preferred Stock upon liquidation, by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the Stated Value plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon or (ii) the amount that such holder would receive if such holder converted all of its shares of Series B Preferred Stock into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up.
On April 29, 2025, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the "Preferred Purchase Agreement”) with an investor (the "Investor”), pursuant to which, subject to the conditions set forth therein, the Company shall sell to the Investor, and the Investor shall purchase from the Company, up to
The Preferred Purchase Agreement provides that the Tranched Financing shall be conducted through six separate Tranche Closings pursuant to which, subject to satisfaction of the applicable closing conditions set forth in the Preferred Purchase Agreement, the Company shall sell and issue the Investor up to an aggregate of
In addition to the shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be sold and issued to the Investor in the Tranched Financing, at each Tranche Closing the Company shall also issue the Investor an Investor Warrant to purchase that number of shares of Company common stock equal to
In the event that the average closing price of the Company’s common stock during the prior three trading days preceding a Tranche Closing date shall not be equal to or greater than the Floor Price (as defined below), then the applicable Tranche Closing shall be delayed until such time as the price meets the required threshold for a period of five consecutive trading days. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Investor has the ability, subject to prior written consent of the Company, to purchase any number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock prior to the dates of the Tranche Closings provided for in the Preferred Purchase Agreement.
The consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Preferred Purchase Agreement is subject to various customary closing conditions. Pursuant to the Preferred Purchase Agreement, subject to certain exceptions, for so long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding (the "ROFR Period”), the Investor will have a right of first refusal to with respect to any investment proposed to be made by any other person for each and every future variable rate transaction during the ROFR Period. Additionally, subject to certain exceptions, for so long as the Investor holds any shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Warrants, or shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock or exercise of the Warrants, the Investor shall have the right to participate in any subsequent financing for up to
The Preferred Purchase Agreement contains customary termination provisions for the Investor under certain limited circumstances, and the Preferred Purchase Agreement will automatically terminate if any Tranche Closing has not occurred prior to December 31, 2025.
Craft Capital Management LLC("Craft”) acted as placement agent to the Company in connection with the Tranched Financing. As consideration for services rendered by Craft, the Company shall (i) pay Craft a cash fee equal to eight percent (
Amendment of April 2025 Securities Purchase Agreement
As of December 9, 2025, the Company had completed four of the six tranche closings contemplated by the April 2025 Purchase Agreement. On December 9, 2025, the Investor assigned the April 2025 Purchase Agreement, including all of its rights and obligations thereunder, to 3i, and 3i purchased all of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock from the Investor.
On December 9, 2025, the Company and 3i entered into an Amendment to Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Amendment”), which amends the April 2025 Purchase Agreement to:
| · | extend the termination date of the agreement from no later than December 31, 2025 to no later than December 9, 2026; |
| · | provide that the Fifth Tranche Closing (as defined in the Amendment) shall occur on the third trading day following delivery by 3i of a Purchaser Closing Notice (as defined in the Amendment) to the Company with respect to such tranche, and that the Final Tranche Closing (as defined in the Amendment) shall occur on the third trading day following delivery by 3i of a Purchaser Closing Notice (as defined in the Amendment) to the Company with respect to such tranche, in each case in 3i’s sole discretion; and |
| · | provide that the Company’s board of directors shall take all necessary action to lower the applicable floor price to $ |
Initial Tranche
On June 25, 2025, the Company and the Investor held the initial Tranche Closing, pursuant to which the Company received gross proceeds of $
Additionally, as consideration for placement agent services rendered by Craft in connection therewith, the Company paid Craft $
Between July 31, 2025 and August 15, 2025, the Investor converted all
Second Tranche
On July 31, 2025, the Company and the Investor held the second Tranche Closing, pursuant to which the Company received gross proceeds of $
Additionally, as consideration for placement agent services rendered by Craft in connection therewith, the Company paid Craft $
Between August 15, 2025 and October 8, 2025, the Investor converted all
Third Tranche
On August 21, 2025, the Company and the Investor held the third Tranche Closing, pursuant to which the Company received gross proceeds of $
Additionally, as consideration for placement agent services rendered by Craft in connection therewith, the Company paid Craft $
Between October 27, 2025 and November 5, 2025, the Investor converted
Fourth Tranche
On September 26, 2025, the Company and the Investor held the fourth Tranche Closing, pursuant to which the Company received gross proceeds of $
Additionally, as consideration for placement agent services rendered by Craft in connection therewith, the Company paid Craft $
In December 2025, 3i converted
Redeemable Preferred Units
Redeemable non-controlling interests are reported on the consolidated balance sheets as Temporary Equity.
In connection with the issuance of Series B Redeemable Preferred Stock, there were conditions attributed to future financing which were deemed to be outside the control of the Company. As a result of this provision, there could be a redemption trigger initiated by the holder. Therefore, the Series B Preferred Stock are probable of becoming redeemable and will be classified as temporary (‘mezzanine’) equity.
Series C Preferred Stock
On December 9 2025, the Company filed a Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of the Series C Non-Voting Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Series C Certificate of Designation”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The Series C Certificate of Designation became effective upon filing and designates
Ranking - the Series C Preferred Stock ranks senior to the Company’s common stock. Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock with respect to dividend rights and rights on the distribution of assets on any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company.
Dividend Rights - the holders of outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cumulative dividends at an annual rate of
Voting Rights - except as otherwise provided by the Series C Certificate of Designation or required by law, the Series C Preferred Stock has no voting rights. Provided, however, that so long as any shares of Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Company will not, without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock, (i)alter or change adversely the powers, preferences or rights given to the Series C Preferred Stock or alter or amend the Series C Certificate of Designation, amend or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, the Company’s Charter or Bylaws, or file any articles of amendment, certificate of designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights of any series of preferred stock, in each case if any such action would adversely alter or change the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of the Series C Preferred Stock, (ii) issue further shares of Series B Preferred Stock, or (iii)enter into any agreement with respect to any of the foregoing.
Conversion - subject to the Series C Beneficial Ownership Limitation, at any time, each holder of Series C Preferred Stock shall have the right, at such holder’s option, to convert any or all of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by such holder into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Company common stock. The number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the Stated Value of such share of Series C Preferred Stock plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon by (ii) the Series C Conversion Price in effect on the date of conversion. The conversion price (the "Series C Conversion Price”) in effect on any conversion date shall be equal to
Beneficial Ownership Limitation - a holder of Series C Preferred Stock is prohibited from converting shares of Series C Preferred Stock into shares of common stock if, as a result of such conversion, such holder, together with its affiliates, would beneficially own in excess of the applicable beneficial ownership limitation (the "Series C Beneficial Ownership Limitation”). For purposes of the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series C Beneficial Ownership Limitation shall initially be set at
Redemption Rights - the Company may, at any time and in its sole discretion, request to redeem all or any portion of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock at a price equal to
Liquidation Rights - in the event of the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets, funds, or proceeds available for distribution of the Company to the holders of common stock or any other class or series of capital stock ranking junior to the Series C Preferred Stock upon liquidation, by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the Stated Value plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon or (ii) the amount that such holder would receive if such holder converted all of its shares of Series C Preferred Stock into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up.
On December 9, 2025, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Preferred Purchase Agreement”) with certain institutional investors (collectively, the “Preferred Offering Investors”), pursuant to which, subject to the conditions set forth therein, the Company agreed to sell to the Preferred Offering Investors, and the Preferred Offering Investors agreed to purchase from the Company, up to
The Preferred Purchase Agreement provides that the Preferred Offering shall be conducted through a series of separate Tranche Closings pursuant to which, subject to satisfaction of the applicable closing conditions set forth in the Preferred Purchase Agreement, the Company shall sell and issue the Preferred Offering Investors up to an aggregate of
In addition to the shares of Series C Preferred Stock to be sold and issued to the Investors in the Preferred Offering, at each Tranche Closing the Company shall also issue the Preferred Offering Investors an aggregate of Preferred Offering Warrants to purchase that number of shares of Company common stock equal to
In the event that the closing price of the Company’s common stock during the prior three trading days preceding a Tranche Closing date shall be lower than the Floor Price, then the applicable Tranche Closing shall be delayed until such time as the price meets the required threshold for a period of five consecutive trading days. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Preferred Offering Investors have the ability, subject to prior written consent of the Company, to purchase any number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock prior to the dates of the Tranche Closings provided for in the Preferred Purchase Agreement during the term of the Preferred Purchase Agreement.
Pursuant to the Preferred Purchase Agreement, subject to certain exceptions, through the later of (i) the date that less than
The Preferred Purchase Agreement contains customary termination provisions for the Investors under certain limited circumstances, and the Preferred Purchase Agreement will automatically terminate if any Tranche Closing has not occurred prior to June 9, 2027.
Initial Tranche
On December 11, 2025, the Company and the Preferred Offering Investors held the initial Tranche Closing, pursuant to which the Company received gross proceeds of $
| 13. | Common Stock |
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were
Effective March 7, 2025, the Company implemented a reverse stock split of its issued and outstanding shares of common stock, par value $
On May 13, 2024, the Company sold
On September 13, 2024, the Company entered into an Equity Distribution Agreement (the "Distribution Agreement”) with Maxim Group LLC ("Maxim”), pursuant to which the Company may offer and sell, from time to time, through or to Maxim, as sales agent or principal, shares of its common stock. The Company will pay Maxima commission of
On February 11, 2025, in connection with, and as consideration for, the License Agreement, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with Statera, pursuant to which it issued and sold to Statera an aggregate of (i)
On March 18, 2025, the Company entered into an Equity Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement”) with Mast Hill Fund, L.P. ("Mast Hill”), pursuant to which the Company will have the right, but not the obligation, to sell to Mast Hill, and Mast Hill will have the obligation to purchase from the Company, up to $
On March 31, 2025, in connection with the Company’s exercise of the Neutropenia Option pursuant to the License Agreement and as consideration for the Neutropenia Milestone Payment, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with Statera and Avenue, pursuant to which the Company issued to Statera and Avenue an aggregate of $
Common stockholders are entitled to dividends if and when declared by the Board of Directors subject to the rights of the preferred stockholders. As of December 31, 2025,
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Warrants to purchase common stock | ||||||||
| Options issued and outstanding | ||||||||
| Restricted stock units outstanding | ||||||||
| Shares available for future incentive plan grants | ||||||||
| Shares available for the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock | ||||||||
| Shares available for the conversion of Series B Preferred Stock | ||||||||
| Shares available for the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock | ||||||||
| Total | ||||||||
| 14. | Common Stock Warrants |
Historically, the Company has entered into warrant agreements in connection with certain consulting agreements and equity offerings. In August 2023, the Company implemented a 1-for-
In July 2021, the Company entered into a consulting agreement, pursuant to which warrants to purchase
In November 2021, the Company issued warrants to purchase
In February 2023, the Company issued warrants to purchase
In July and August 2023, the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of
In May 2024, in connection with the sale of
The Company estimated the value of the warrants issued to the placement agent in May 2024 using the Black-Scholes options valuation model. The fair value of the warrants issued in February 2023 was $
In June 2025, in connection with the Initial Tranche Closing, the Company issued Investor Warrants to purchase
The Company estimated the value of the placement agent warrants issued to the Craft designees using the Black-Scholes options valuation model. The fair value was $
In July 2025, in connection with the Second Tranche Closing, the Company issued Investor Warrants to purchase
The Company estimated the value of the placement agent warrants issued to the Craft designees using the Black-Scholes options valuation model. The fair value was $
In August 2025, in connection with the Third Tranche Closing, the Company issued Investor Warrants to purchase
The Company estimated the value of the placement agent warrants issued to the Craft designees using the Black-Scholes options valuation model. The fair value was $
In August 2025, the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of
In September 2025, in connection with the Fourth Tranche Closing, the Company issued to the Investor warrants to purchase
The Company estimated the value of the placement agent warrants issued to the Craft designees using the Black-Scholes options valuation model. The fair value was $
In December 2025, in connection with the issuance of
In December 2025, in connection with the issuance of a $
The fair value of the warrants issued to placement agents in 2025 and 2024 was estimated on the date of grant using the following assumptions:
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||||||||||
| Minimum | Maximum | Minimum | Maximum | |||||||||||||
| Expected life (in years) | ||||||||||||||||
| Expected volatility | % | % | % | % | ||||||||||||
| Risk-free interest rate | % | % | % | % | ||||||||||||
| Dividend yield | % | % | % | % | ||||||||||||
A summary of the Company’s outstanding warrants as of December 31, 2025 is as follows:
| Class of Shares | Number of Warrant Shares | Exercise Price of Warrants | Expiration Date of Warrants | ||||||
| Common Stock | $ | | |||||||
| Common Stock | $ | | |||||||
| Common Stock | $ | | |||||||
| Common Stock | $ | | |||||||
| Common Stock | $ | | |||||||
| Common Stock | $ | | |||||||
| Common Stock | $ | | |||||||
| Common Stock | $ | | |||||||
| Common Stock | $ | | |||||||
| Common Stock | $ | | |||||||
| Common Stock | $ | | |||||||
| Common Stock | $ | | |||||||
| Common Stock | $ | | |||||||
| Common Stock | $ | | |||||||
| Common Stock | $ | | |||||||
| Common Stock | $ | | |||||||
| Common Stock | $ | | |||||||
| Common Stock | $ | | |||||||
| Common Stock | $ | | |||||||
| Common Stock | $ | | |||||||
| Total | |||||||||
During the year ended December 31, 2025, a total of
| 15. | Equity Incentive Plans |
In 2017, the Company adopted the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2017 Plan”).
On November 10, 2021, the 2017 Plan terminated and was replaced by the 2021 Plan (defined below), and future issuances of incentive instruments will be governed by the 2021 Plan. To the extent that outstanding awards under the 2017 Plan are forfeited or lapse unexercised, the shares of common stock subject to such awards will no longer be available for future issuance.
2021 Equity Incentive Plan
In 2021, the Company adopted the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”). The plan allows for the issuance of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, stock bonus awards and performance-based awards. Awards granted under the 2021 Plan are determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s board of directors, who is responsible for administering the 2021 Plan. The term for stock options shall be no more than ten years from the date of grant. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an optionee who, at the time the option is granted, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the option shall be five years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the option Agreement. To the extent outstanding awards under the 2021 Plan are forfeited or lapse unexercised, the shares of common stock subject to such awards will be available for future issuance under the 2021 Plan. The 2021 Plan provides that additional shares will automatically be added to the shares authorized for issuance under the 2021 Plan on January 1 of each year. The number of shares added each year will be equal to the lesser of: (i) 5.0% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock on December 31st of the preceding calendar year or (ii) such number of shares determined by the board of directors, in its discretion. On January 1, 2024,
Amended and Restated 2021 Equity Incentive Plan
On August 9, 2024, the Company adopted its Amended and Restated 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the "A&R2021 Plan”), which amended and restated the 2021 Plan in full to, amongst other things, increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance thereunder shares to
On June 30, 2025, following stockholder approval, the Company further amended the A&R 2021 Plan to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance thereunder from
As of December 31, 2025, there were
Stock Options
In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, (i) granted to an employee who, at the time of grant of such option, owns stock representing more than
The options may include provisions permitting exercise of the option prior to full vesting. Any unvested shares upon termination shall be subject to repurchase by the Company at the original exercise price of the option. Stock options granted under the Company’s equity incentive plans generally vest over years from the date of grant.
The following table summarizes the stock option award activity for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:
| Options Outstanding | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares Available For Grant | Number of Options | Weighted-Average Exercise Price | Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value | Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years) | Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands) | |||||||||||||||||||
| Balance as of January 1, 2024 | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares reserved for issuance | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Added per amendment annual shareholder meeting | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Reserved shares cancelled | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Options granted | ( | ) | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Options forfeited / cancelled | ( | ) | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Options rounded for reverse stock split | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| RSAs granted | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| RSUs granted | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Options expired | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Options exercised | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2024 | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares reserved for issuance | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Added per amendment annual shareholder meeting | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Options granted | ( | ) | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Options forfeited / cancelled | ( | ) | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||
| RSUs granted inside pool | ( | ) | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
| RSUs forfeited | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2025 | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
| As of December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Vested and exercisable | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
The weighted-average grant date fair value per share of stock options granted in 2025 and 2024 was $
Stock-Based Compensation for Stock Options
Options generally vest over years whereby
The weighted-average exercise price as of December 31, 2025, for stock options outstanding and stock options exercisable was $
Prior to the IPO, the grant date fair market value of the shares of common stock underlying stock options had historically been determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. Because there had been no public market for the Company’s common stock, the Board of Directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair market value, which included valuations performed by an independent third-party, important developments in the Company's operations, sales of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, actual operating results, financial performance, the conditions in the life sciences industry, the economy in general, the stock price performance and volatility of comparable public companies, and the lack of liquidity of the Company's common stock. Since 2022 the Company has used a comparative peer group for determining the expected volatility rate used in the calculation of fair value. Because the Company's stock has not been publicly traded for a sufficiently long period of time, the expected volatility rate is based on a review of the historical volatilities, over a period of time equivalent to the expected life of the instrument being valued, of similarly positioned public companies within the Company's industry.
The Company estimated the fair value of share-based payment awards using the Black-Scholes options valuation model. The fair value of share-based payment awards is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards. The fair value of share-based payment awards was estimated on the date of grant using the following assumptions:
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||||||||||
| Minimum | Maximum | Minimum | Maximum | |||||||||||||
| Expected life (in years) | ||||||||||||||||
| Expected volatility | % | % | % | % | ||||||||||||
| Risk-free interest rate | % | % | % | % | ||||||||||||
| Dividend yield | % | % | % | % | ||||||||||||
Expected Term: The Company uses the simplified method to calculate expected term described in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, which takes into account vesting term and expiration date of the options.
Volatility: Volatility is based on an average of the historical volatilities of comparable publicly traded companies for the expected term.
Risk Free Interest Rate: The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yields in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of the option.
Dividend Yield: The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and does not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, and therefore, used an expected dividend yield of zero in the valuation model.
The weighted-average grant date fair value per share of stock options granted in 2025 and 2024 was $
Restricted Stock Awards
The following table summarizes the restricted stock award activity for the year ended December 31, 2025:
| Number of Shares | Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value Per Share | |||||||
| Non-vested as of January 1, 2024 | $ | |||||||
| Issuance of restricted common stock | $ | |||||||
| Vested | ( | ) | $ | |||||
| As of December 31, 2024 | $ | |||||||
| Issuance of restricted common stock | $ | |||||||
| Vested | ( | ) | $ | |||||
| Cancelled | $ | |||||||
| As of December 31, 2025 | $ | |||||||
The fair value of restricted stock awards vested during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, was $
Restricted Stock Units
The following table sets forth the status of the Company's non-vested restricted common stock units issued to employees:
| Number of Shares | Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value Per Share | |||||||
| Balance as of January 1, 2024 | $ | |||||||
| Granted | $ | |||||||
| Vested | $ | |||||||
| Forfeited | $ | |||||||
| Canceled | $ | |||||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2024 | $ | |||||||
| Granted | $ | |||||||
| Vested | ( | ) | $ | |||||
| Forfeited | ( | ) | $ | |||||
| Canceled | $ | |||||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2025 | $ | |||||||
The fair value of restricted stock units granted during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, was $
In May 2025, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the award of certain bonus payments related to performance in 2024, to be paid in the form of restricted stock units once certain milestones have been achieved. The milestones were achieved, and the restricted stock units were issued and vested in the third quarter.
Total Stock-Based Compensation
Total stock-based compensation recorded in the condensed statements of operations is allocated as follows (in thousands):
| For the Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Research and development | $ | $ | ||||||
| Selling, general and administrative | ||||||||
| Total stock-based compensation | $ | $ | ||||||
| 16. | Income Taxes |
The loss from continuing operations before income tax expense (or benefit) for the year ended December 31, 2025 is $
The Company did pay any cash income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2025.
The provision for income taxes differs from the amount which would result by applying the federal statutory income tax rate to pre-tax loss for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.
A reconciliation of the provision computed at the federal statutory rate to the provision for income taxes included in the accompanying statements of operations for the Company is as follows (in thouands):
| For the Year Ended | ||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2025 | December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||||
| Rate | Amount | Rate | Amount | |||||||||||||
| Income tax provision at statutory rate | % | $ | ( | ) | % | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||
| State income taxes, net of federal benefit | % | ( | )% | |||||||||||||
| Research and development credits | ( | )% | % | |||||||||||||
| Changes in unrecognized tax benefits | % | ( | ) | % | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Non-taxable or non-deductible items | % | % | ||||||||||||||
| Change in valuation allowance | ( | )% | ( | )% | ||||||||||||
| Effective income tax rate | % | $ | % | $ | ||||||||||||
California makes up the majority of the state income tax expense, net of federal income tax effect category.
For the year ended December 31, 2025 the Company’s effective tax rate is below the federal statutory income tax rate of
The tax effects of temporary differences and carryforwards that give rise to significant portions of the net deferred tax assets are presented below (in thousands):
| For the Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Deferred tax assets: | ||||||||
| Net operating loss carryforwards | $ | $ | ||||||
| Research and development credits | ||||||||
| Research and development costs | ||||||||
| Other temporary differences | ||||||||
| Total Deferred tax assets | ||||||||
| Less: Valuation allowance | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Deferred tax assets recognized | $ | $ | ||||||
| Deferred tax liabilities: | ||||||||
| Goodwill | $ | ( | ) | $ | ||||
| Total Deferred tax liabilities | ( | ) | ||||||
| Net Deferred tax assets | $ | $ | ||||||
The Company has recorded a valuation allowance for its deferred tax assets that it does not believe will be realizable at a more likely than not level based on analysis of all available sources of taxable income. The valuation allowance increased by $
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $
Federal and state tax laws impose substantial restrictions on the utilization of net operating loss and credit carryforwards in the event of an “ownership change” for tax purposes, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue code. Accordingly, the Company’s ability to utilize these carryforwards may be limited as a result of such ownership changes. Such a limitation could result in limitation in the use of net operating losses in future years and possibly a reduction of the net operating losses available. The Company performed a 382 study in 2025 to determine if any ownership changes have occurred during 2025 which resulted in some tax attributes expiring prior to being able to be utilized due to Section 382 limitations. The Company had $
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax positions is as follows (in thousands):
| For the Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of year | $ | $ | ||||||
| Additions related to current year tax positions | ||||||||
| Unrecognized tax benefits, end of year | $ | $ | ||||||
During the year ended December 31, 2025 the amount of unrecognized tax benefits increased by $
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes line item in the statements of operations. As of December 31, 2025, and 2024, the Company had accrued any interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions. The Company does not anticipate any material change in its unrecognized tax benefits over the next twelve months. The unrecognized tax benefits may change during the next year for items that arise in the ordinary course of business.
The Company files tax returns in U.S. Federal and state jurisdictions. The tax periods from to 2025 remain open to examination in all jurisdictions. In addition, any tax losses that were generated in prior years and carried forward may also be subject to examination by the respective authorities. The Company is not currently under examination by income tax authorities for federal or state purposes.
On July 4, 2025, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act ("OBBBA") was enacted into law. The OBBBA enacts significant changes to U.S. tax regulations, including the restoration of 100% bonus depreciation on qualifying asset purchases and a return to immediate deductibility of domestic R&D expenditures. The legislation has multiple effective dates, with certain provisions effective in 2025 and others implemented through 2027. The legislation did not have a material impact on our fiscal 2025 effective tax rate or consolidated financial statements and is not expected to have a material impact in fiscal 2026. We continue to review the OBBBA tax provisions to assess impacts to our financial statements.
| 17. | Net Loss per Share |
The Company applies the two-class method pursuant to the issuance of our Series B and Series C Preferred Stock. Accordingly, the Company’s basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Net loss attributable to common stockholders is equal to the Company’s net loss.
Diluted earnings per share are calculated using the more dilutive of the two-class or if-converted methods. The two-class method uses net income available to common stockholders and assumes conversion of all potential shares other than the participating securities. The if-converted method uses net income and assumes conversion of all potential shares including the participating securities. For the periods where a net loss attributable to common stockholders is present, dilutive securities have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as including them would have been anti-dilutive.
| For the Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| (In thousands, except per share amounts) | ||||||||
| Net loss attributed to Tivic Health Systems, Inc. | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
| Dividends on Series B Preferred Stock | ( | ) | ||||||
| Dividends on Series C Preferred Stock | ( | ) | ||||||
| Deemed dividends on warrants | ( | ) | ||||||
| Net loss attributed to Tivic Health Systems, Inc. | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
| Basic and diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding | ||||||||
| Net loss per share - basic and diluted | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
The following outstanding potentially dilutive common stock equivalents have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share for the periods presented due to their antidilutive effect:
| For the Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Warrants to purchase common stock | ||||||||
| Common stock options issued and outstanding | ||||||||
| Restricted stock units issued and outstanding | ||||||||
| Series A Preferred Stock | ||||||||
| Series B Preferred Stock | ||||||||
| Series C Preferred Stock | ||||||||
| Total | ||||||||
| 18. | Revision of Previously Issued Financial Statements |
In the Company's previously issued financial statements, a portion of Series B preferred stock was classified as permanent equity instead of temporary equity. Due to certain redemption features that have been subsequently deemed as outside of the Company's control, the Series B preferred stock will remain as temporary equity until such time as conversion into common stock occurs. ASC 480-10-S99 provides that stock with redemption provisions not solely within the control of the Company require such stock to be classified as temporary equity. Upon re-evaluation, management determined that the Series B preferred shares include certain provisions that require classification of the Series B shares as temporary equity, rather than as permanent equity.
In accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 99, “Materiality,” and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements,” the Company evaluated the changes and has determined that the related impacts were not material to any previously presented financial statements. Therefore, the Company, in consultation with its audit committee, concluded that its previously issued financial statements impacted should be revised to report all Series B preferred shares as temporary equity. As such, the Company is revising those periods in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
There has been no change in the Company's total assets, liabilities or operating results.
The impact of the revision on the Company's financial statements is reflected in the following table (in thousands):
| Unaudited Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2025 as adjusted for Temporary Equity related to Preferred Shares | As Reported | Adjustment | As Adjusted | |||||||||
| Temporary Equity | ||||||||||||
| Series B preferred stock | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Stockholders’ equity | ||||||||||||
| Additional paid in capital | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | |||||||
| Total equity | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | |||||||
| Unaudited Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2025 as adjusted for Temporary Equity related to Preferred Shares | As Reported | Adjustment | As Adjusted | |||||||||
| Temporary Equity | ||||||||||||
| Series B preferred stock | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Stockholders’ equity | ||||||||||||
| Additional paid in capital | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | |||||||
| Total equity | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | |||||||
| 19. | Segment Information |
Tivic Health is developing biologics that activate the immune pathways to protect and restore tissue in conditions driven by radiation, disease, and immune dysregulation. As of December 10, 2025, the Company also operates a contract development and manufacturing organization (or "CDMO") through the Company's wholly owned subsidiary, Velocity Bioworks, Inc., (or "VBI"). The CDMO provides development services to Tivic to support the manufacturing of Entolimod, the Company's lead product candidate. The Company manages its business activities as operating segments, the biopharma business and the CDMO business. Tivic's Chief Executive Officer is the Chief Operating Decision Maker ("CODM"). The CODM utilizes the Company's long-term plan, which includes product development roadmaps and long-term financial models, as key input to resource allocation. The CODM makes decisions on resource allocation, assesses performance of the business, and monitors budget versus actual results using factors such as operating expenses, loss from operations and net loss.
Prior to December 2025, we operated as a single operating segment. For the year ended December 31, 2025, we have reportable segments; Biopharma and the CDMO. Our Biopharma segment is engaged in the development and commercialization of our pharmaceutical product candidates and is operated from our corporate headquarters in San Antonio, Texas. Our CDMO segment offers contract development and manufacturing services to Tivic and external customers. The manufacturing site is located in San Antonio, Texas. The Company's reportable business segments are managed separately based on the differences in their operations. The Company evaluates performance of its segments based on the contribution to operating income (loss) of the respective segments.
Financial information by business segment is set forth below (in thousands):
| As of December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||||
| Biopharma | CDMO | Consolidated | ||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other current assets | ||||||||||||
| Property and equipment, net | ||||||||||||
| Deferred offering costs | ||||||||||||
| Licensed technology, net | ||||||||||||
| Goodwill | ||||||||||||
| Other assets | ||||||||||||
| Total consolidated assets of continuing operations | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| For the year ended December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||||
| Biopharma | CDMO | Consolidated | ||||||||||
| Operating expenses: | ||||||||||||
| Research and development | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Selling, general and administrative | ||||||||||||
| Total operating expenses | ||||||||||||
| Other (expense) income: | ||||||||||||
| Change in fair value of derivative liability | ||||||||||||
| Interest income | ||||||||||||
| Interest expense | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||
| Net other expense | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||
| Net loss from operations before discontinued operations | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | |||
All of the Company's assets are located in the United States.
| 20. | Subsequent Events |
Equity Line of Credit
Common Stock Purchase Agreement
On February 6, 2026, the Company entered into a Common Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Tumim Stone Capital, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Investor”).
Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company has the right, but not the obligation, to sell to the Investor up to the lesser of: (a) $
The shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to a VWAP Purchase (the “Shares”) will be purchased at the VWAP Purchase Price, which will be determined pursuant to a formula set forth in the Purchase Agreement. If the Company elects to use a one-trading-day valuation period in the VWAP Purchase Notice (the “One-Day Valuation Period”), the VWAP Purchase Price under the Purchase Agreement will be equal to
If the Company elects to use a three-trading-day valuation period in the VWAP Purchase Notice (the “Three-Day Valuation Period”), the VWAP Purchase Price under the Purchase Agreement will be equal to
The Investor’s purchases of shares of Common Stock under the Purchase Agreement, if any, will be subject to certain limitations, including that the Investor may not purchase shares that would result in it (together with its affiliates) owning more than
As consideration for the Investor’s commitment to purchase shares of Common Stock, the Company issued a pre-funded warrant to purchase
Pre-Funded Warrants
The Pre-Funded Warrants issued to the Investor as the Commitment Fee are exercisable immediately upon issuance and will not expire until exercised in full. The exercise price of the Pre-Funded Warrants is $
Registration Rights Agreement
In connection with the transactions contemplated by, and concurrently with the execution of, the Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Investor also entered into a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2026 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to file with the SEC one or more registration statements (a “Registration Statement”), to register under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the offer and resale by the Investor of all of the shares that may be issued by the Company to the Investor from time to time under the Purchase Agreement, including shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrant. The Investor’s obligation to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement is subject to such a Registration Statement being filed with the SEC and declared effective.
Lease agreements
Microbial Building Lease
On March 13, 2026, VBI entered into a Building Lease Agreement (the “Microbial Building Lease”) with TPB Merchants Ice LLC (“TPB”) to lease an approximately
Mammalian Building Lease
On March 9, 2026, VBI entered into a Lease (the “Mammalian Building Lease”) with Merchants Ice II, LLC (“Merchants Ice II”) to lease an approximately
Office Sublease
On March 13, 2026, VBI entered into a Sublease (the “Office Sublease” and together with the Microbial Building Lease and the Mammalian Building Lease, the “Facility Leases”) with Texas Research and Technology Foundation (“TRTF”) to sublease approximately
Nasdaq Compliance
On March 19, 2026, the Company received a notification letter from the Nasdaq Listing Qualifications Department of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) notifying the Company that, because the closing bid price for the Company’s common stock was below $1.00 per share for at least 30 consecutive business days, the Company is not currently in compliance with the minimum bid price requirement for continued listing on The Nasdaq Capital Market, as set forth in Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(a)(2) (the “Minimum Bid Price Requirement”).
The notification has no immediate effect on the listing of the Company’s common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market, and, therefore, the Company’s listing remains fully effective.
In accordance with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5810(c)(3)(A), the Company has a period of 180 calendar days from March 19, 2026 or until September 15, 2026, to regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement. If at any time before September 15, 2026, the closing bid price of the Company’s common stock closes at or above $1.00 per share for a minimum of 10 consecutive business days, Nasdaq will provide written notification that the Company has achieved compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement, and the matter would be resolved. If the Company does not regain compliance during the compliance period ending on September 15, 2026, then Nasdaq may grant the Company a second 180 calendar day grace period to regain compliance, provided the Company (i) meets the continued listing requirement for market value of publicly held shares and all other initial listing standards for The Nasdaq Capital Market, with the exception of the Minimum Bid Price Requirement, and (ii) the Company notifies Nasdaq of its intent to cure the deficiency.
The Company intends to continue actively monitoring the closing bid price for the Company’s common stock between now and September 15, 2026, and will consider available options to resolve the deficiency and regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement. If the Company does not regain compliance within the allotted compliance period, including any extensions that may be granted by Nasdaq, Nasdaq will provide notice that the Company’s common stock will be subject to delisting. The Company would then be entitled to appeal that determination to a Nasdaq hearings panel. There can be no assurance that the Company will regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement during the 180-day compliance period, secure a second period of 180 days to regain compliance, or maintain compliance with the other Nasdaq listing requirements.